tci.'nl
t
l\k\
et^<
JOURNAL OF
ENTOMOLOGY AND
ZOOLOGY
VOLUME V, 1913
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY OF POMONA COLLEGE
CLAREMONT, CALIFORNIA, U. S. A.
;J33 2^3
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Contents of Volume V
Volume V, Number 1
Bradley, J. C.
The Sircidse of North America,
1-35.
Hilton, W. A.
The Central Nervous System of
Aphorura, 37-42.
Bacon, G.
Two New Species of Collembola
from the Mountains of South-
ern California, 43-46.
McConnell, E.
Some Remarks on the Abdominal
Air Sacs of Stenophelmatus,
47-49.
Whitney, B. B.
A New California Coccid In-
festing Manzanita, 50-52.
Girault, A. A.
A New Genus of Chalcidoid, S3-S4.
Essig, E. O.
Sentellista cyanea, bred from
Phenacoccus artemisias Ehrh.,
55.
Shorter Articles and Reviews of
Recent Important Literature,
56-57.
Grinnell, F., Jr.
News Notes, 68.
Volume V, Number 2
Smith, P. E.
A Study of Some Specific Charac-
ters of the Genus Pseudococcus,
69-84.
Essig, E. O.
The Yerba Santa Mealy Bug,
85-87.
Guernsey, Mabel
The Circulatory System of Laila
cockerelli, 88-92.
Hilton, W. A.
The Nerve Cells of Tarantula,
93-95.
Busck, A.
New California Microlepidoptera.
96-102.
Girault, A. A.
Some New Genera and Species of
Chalcidoid Hymenoptera of the
Family Eulophide from Austra-
lia, 103-112.
Bacon, G.
A Species of Collembola found
with Termites, 113.
Shorter Articles and Reviews of
Recent Important Literature,
114-120.
Grinnell, F.
News Notes, 121-122.
Volume V, Number 3
Ewing, H. E.
Some New and Curious Acarina
from Oregon, 123-136.
Guernsey, Mabel
The Anatomy of Laila cockerelli,
137-157.
McGlashan, X.
The Collector's By-Product, 158-
160.
Stafford, B. E.
Studies in Laguna Beach Isopods
11, 161-172.
Grinnell, F.
Book Reviews, 173-175.
Grinnell, F.
News Notes, 176-177.
Volume V, Number 4
Essig, E. O.
A New Echinococcus, 179-181.
Stafford, B. E.
Studies in Laguna Beach Isopoda
II, 182-188.
Hilton, W. A.
The Nervous System of Chelifer,
189-201.
Bacon, G.
A New Species of Collembola
from Laguna Beach, 202-204.
Shorter Articles and Reviews of
Recent Important Literature,
205-209.
The Laguna Marine Laboratory,
211-221.
Wants and E.xchanges, 225-226.
S'.5
INDEX TO VOLUME FIVE
Index to Volume V
Abdominal Air Sacs, 47
Acarina, 123
Alloniscus cornutus lagunae, 170
Alychida:, 125
Anal ring, 69
Ants, 62
Aphorura, 37
lutea, 46
mentis, 44
Aulacaspis manzanitae, 50
Bacon, G., 43, 113, 202
Bdella magna, 123
Bdellidje, 123
Blasticotomidas, 4
Bradley, J. C, 1
Busck, A., 96
Caeculidae, 127
California insects, 114
CephidcC, 4
Cerari, 74
Ceratocarus pacificus, 128
Chalastogastra, 2
Chalcidoid, 53, 103
Chelifer nervous system, 189
Cirolana hardfordi, 165
Coccid, SO
on sycamore, 207
Coelocybella, 53
variegata, 54
Coleophora entoloma, 97
quadristrigella, 96
Collembola, 43, 113, 202
Corpora allata, 117
Corydalis cornutus, 60
Dytiscus marginalis, 65
Early naturalists, 118
Entomobrya laguna, 202
Eriococcus, 179
cockerelli, 179
Essig, E. O., 55, 85
Ethmia mediella, 99
EuFophidae, 103
Eurypterida, 116
Ewing, H. E., 123
Galechia coticola, 97
Galechia bigella, 99
scabrella, 98
Giant coccid, 114
Girault, A. A., 53, 103
Grinnell, R, Jr., 68, 119, 120, 121, 173,
176, 222
Guernsey, M., 88, 137
Hilton, W. A., 37, 93, 189
Histeridce, 66
Hoplodermidae, 135
Hypoplesis dietziella, 101 i
Ihodidse, 61
Isoplatini, 53
Isopoda, 161, 181
Janira occidentalis, 183
Jugatala tuberosa, 131
Kermes essigii, 205
occidentalis, 206
King, G. B., 205, 206
Laguna Laboratory, 211
Laila cockerelli, 88, 137
McGlashan, Ximena, 158
Mealy bug, Yerba Santa, 85
Megalodontidse, 4
Metacrias, 106
Michslia, pallida, 125
IMicrolepidoptera, californian, 96
Mites, 59
Mosquitoes, 61
and cobwebs, 208
Myrmecophilien, 65
Nemphaloides cinctiventris, 104
Nerve cells of tarantula, 93
Oribatida:, 130
Oryssidae, 4
Pamphilidae, 2
Pentidotea aculeata, 185
Phenacoccus artemisiee, 55
Postanal setce, 72
Phthracarus, maximus, 135
Pseudococcus, 69
agrifolis, 71, 73, 78
citri, 71, 73, 77
crawii, 71, 73, 80
longispinus, 70, 72, 74, 78
obscurus, 71, 73, 77
yerba santse, 85
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Purple scale, 58
Red spiders, 59
Rhicnopcltella immaculatipennis, 110
splendoriferella, 111
Ryan, H. J., 207
Selitrichodes fasciativentris, 105
Semioscopis acertella, 100
Scutellista cyanea, 55
Sirex, 6, 8, 9
abbotii, 11, 13
apicalis, 11, 12
areolatus, 10, 13, 14
behrensii, 10, 11, 16
californicus, 7, 11
edwardsii, 10
juvencus, 10, 11, 14
nigricornis, 10, 15, 16
obesus, 9, 12
Siricidse, 8
Siricinas, 8
Smith, P. E., 69
Stafford, B. E., 161, 182
Stenophelmatus, 47
Tachinida:, 67
Tenthredinid^e, 4
Tenuiala nuda, 133
Teredon, 8
cubensis, 27
latitarsis, 27
Termites, 113
Termitophilen, 65
Tetrastichus victoriensis, 108
fasciatus, 108
Tarantula, 93
Tremex, 8
columba, 25
Tremicinas, 8
Tylos punctatus, 182
Urocercus, 6, 8
albicornis, 17, 19
californicus, 17, 18, 20
cressoni, 18, 21
flavicornis, 17, 18
taxodii, 17, 20
Whiteflies, 56, 57
Xeris, 6, 8
macgillivrayi, 24
morresoni, 24
spectrum, 23
Xiphydriidae, 3
Xyelidae, 2
Zetck, J., 208
VOLUME FIVE NUMBER ONE
JOURNAL
OF
ENTOMOLOGY
AND
ZOOLOGY
MARCH, 1913
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY
POMONA COLLEGE DEPARTMENT o/ZOOLOGY
CLAREMONT, CALIFORNIA, U. S. A.
CONTENTS
The Siricid^ of North America^/. Chester Bradhy, Ph. D. - \
Announcement - - ■ 36
The Central Nervous System of Aphorura — Wm. A. Hilton - 37
Two New Species of Collembola from the Mountains of
Southern California — Gertrude Bacon - . - - 43
Some Remarks on the Abdominal Air Sacs of Stenopel-
MATUS — Edith M*" Co7inell 47
A New California Coccid Infesting Manzanita — B. B. Whitney 50
A New Genus op Chalcidoid — A. A. Gerault - - - - 53
ScMteUista'cjaned'MoTCB.. , Bred FROM Phenacoccus artemisiae
Ehrh — E. O. Essig - - - 55
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important
Literature - - -^6
News Notes — Fordyce Grinnell, Jr. - _ - - . 68
Entered at Claremont. Cal.. Post-OflBce Oct. 1, 1910, as second-class matter, under Act of Congress of
March 8, 1879
( APR 21 W^9
Journal of Entomology and Zoology
EDITED BY POMONA COLLEGE, DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
Subscription $1.00 to domestic, $1.25 to foreign countries.
This journal is especially offered in exchange for zoological
and entomological journals, proceedings, transactions, reports
of societies, museums, laboratories and expeditions.
The pages of the journal are especially open to western ento-
mologists and zoologists. Notes and papers relating to western
and Californian forms and conditions are particularly desired,
but short morphological, systematic or economic studies from
any locality will be considered for publication.
Manuscripts submitted should be tyjiewritten on one side of
paper about 8 by 11 inches. Foot notes, tables, explanations of
figures, etc., should be written on separate sheets. Foot notes
and figures should be numbered consecutively throughou.t. The
desired position of foot notes and figures should lie clearly
indicated in the manuscript.
Figures should be drawn so that they may be reproduced as
line cuts so far as possible. An unusually large number of half
tones must be paid for in part )iy tlie author. Other more
expensive illustrations will be furnished at cost. Figures for
cuts should be made to conform to the size of the page when
reduced, that is, 5 by 7Vo inches or less. The lettering should
be by means of printed numbers and letters pasted on tlie
drawings, in most eases.
Authors of articles longer than a thousand words will receive
fifty reprints of their publications free of cost. If more than
this are desired, the order should be given with the return of
the proof sheets. Extra copies and special covers or special
paper will be furnished at cost. Authors of short contributions
will receive a few extra copies of the number containing their
articles.
Manusc.ri])ts should be sent by express or registered mail.
Address all communications to
The .Toii-rnal f)i.' Fntomologv and Zoology
William A. Hilton, Editor
Claremont, California, U. S. A.
The Siricidae of North America
J. CHESTER BRADLEY, PH. D.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF SYSTEMATIC ENTOMOLOGY IN CORNELL
UNIVERSITY'
Over ten years ago the writer undertook to rearrange tlie eol-
lection of SirieidiT? and allied families belonging to Mr. E. T.
Cresson, then in the keeping of the American Entomological
Society, and whicli since then has been most generously pre-
sented to that society by Mr. Cresson. Since that time, during
the intervals of other duties, these insects have received a
greater or less degree of attention at his hands, and the i)aper
then liegun has been several times rewritten and extended.
Unable to foresee the early completion and publication of the
entire work, and confronted with the expressed desire of cer-
tain workers in the field of llymenopterology that it should be
available to them at an early date, it has seemed best to present
a preliminary and brief account.
Pending the completion and publication of the fuller work,
which is ])lanned to cover the families SiricidfP, Cephida?,
Megalodontidse, Oryssidse, and Xiphydriidffi, the author will be
grateful for the correction of errors, discrepancies or omissions
in the present paper, and especially for the loan of material in
any of the above groups, from any part of the world, which he
will be glad to identify.
Acknowledgments are due to Professors J. H. Comstock, A.
D. MacGillivray, the late Dr. William H. Ashmead, Mr. S. A.
Rohwer, Dr. L. 0. Howard, and others, which will be expressed
in more detail when the fuller paper is published. I :nn in-
debted to my brother. Dr. B. W. Bradley, for assistance in the
determination of the derivation and grammatical form of the
technical names.
Mr. S. A. Rohwer (1911b) has had the last word upon tlic
classification of the horn-tails and sawtlies (Chalastogastra).
While recognizing the weight of his views as therein expressed,
I have not been able in all cases to accept them. In 1113- o))iniou
2 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
there liave been two well-marked lines in the phylogcny of the
suborder, the Tenthrediuid and the Sirieid steins. The Xyelidte
and Pamphiliidiv are very primitive forms that represent off-
shoots from near where these two stems divide. The Siricidae
also retain many highly primitive characters, although in otlier
respects "sidewise specialized". The Xiphydriidse, Cephidae,
and Megalodontidaj group themselves with them. The Oryssidae
represent the most highly modified group within the suborder.
They are more divergent from any other family than are any
of the other families from each other. Yet I believe they had
an ancestry somewlierc along the Sirieid stem. I am not con-
vinced of the taxonomic advisability of erecting super-faTiiilies
for small groups of their nature, representing as they do,
highly specialized offshoots of some other stock.
The classification offered liy Dr. MacGillivray (1906) was
based upon careful and critical comparative study of a single
set of organs — the wings, and seems more conservative and
more in accordance with my own views. I have followed, in the
main, the arrangement which he proposes.
I am not prepared, from personal knowledge, to offer an
o]iinion u]ion the advisability of dividing the Tenthredinida3
into several families, as is done by Ashmead and Rohwer. ft
is outside of the scope of this paper, and I have followed Dr.
MacGillivray 's classification in this regard.
THE SUBORDER CHALASTOGASTRA
A Key to the Families
A. Front wings with R, present, possessing three marginal cells.
XYELIDyE
AA. Front wings with R, absent, therefore possessing one or two but
never three marginal cells.
B. Front wings with subcosta present as a distinct longitudinal
vein. PAMPHILIID^
BB. Front wings with subcosta absent. (Rarely it is present as a
pale, very indistinct line, closely appressed to R -f M, or
SCj may be present as a transverse vein) .
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 3
The radial cross-vein in the front wings with its caudal
end basad of R^, or if it or B5 is absent or they are
opposite then the anterior tibial have a single apical
spur.
D. Front wings with JL complete; ovipositor more or
less saw-like, usually exserted and with promi-
nent sheaths: antenna^ not inserted beneath a
frontal ridge.
E. Anterior tibise each with only one apical
spur; propodeum divided longitudinally.
F. Pronotum presenting a strictly cephalic
surface, or both cephalic and dorsal
surfaces; front wings with the me-
dio-cubital cross-vein subequal in
length to the transverse part of
media. (Fig. 6.)
G. Pronotum transversely r i g h t-
angled, so that it presents both
a strictly dorsal and a cephalic
aspect, the latter concave ;
mesopra^scutum poorly defined
or wanting ; Sc^ absent ; maxil-
lary palpi one-segmented ; lab-
ial palpi two or three-segment-
ed, the last segment enlarged
and bearing a large sensory
cup. the first segment not
elongate. (Figs. 16 and 17.)
SIEICIDJE
GG. Pronotum a narrow collar ex-
tending around the front of
the thorax, therefore present-
ing lateral and cephalic but no
dorsal aspect; mesopricscutum
well developed; Scj present in
the front wings as a transverse
vein; maxillary palpi four-
segmented : labial palpi three-
segmented, the first segment
elongate. XIPHYDRIIDJE
FF. Pronotum more or less quadrate, not
transversely angled, presenting lat-
eral and dorsal but no strictly
cephalic surfaces, its posterior mar-
gin extending almost directly from
1 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
tegula to tegiila ; niesopra^scntnin
well defined ; front wings with tlie
niedio-cubital cross-vein never less
than three and sometimes four or
five times the length of the trans-
verse part of media. CEPIIID.E
EE. Anterior tibiff each with two apical spurs;
propodeum not divided longitudinally but
• broadly emarginate behind.
31EGAL0D0NTID.E (European)
DD. Front wings with the transverse part of ]\L
absent; oviiiositor retractile, thread-like, without
prominent sheaths ; antennte inserted low on the
front beneath a prominent ridge which has the
appearance of being the elypeus; vertex with a
crown of tubercles; propodeum not divided
longitudinally. ORYSSID.E
CC. The radial cross-vein in the front wings with its caudal
end distinctly apiead of R-, or wanting; the anterior
tibite with two apical spurs.
D. Antennsp four-segmented, the third segment about
twice as long as the first two united, and about
nine times as long as the fourth.
BLASTICOTOMID.E
DD. Antennae variously formed, but not as above.
TENTHREDINID.E
THE FAMILY SIRICID^
History of the Nomenclature of the Genera
There have long been recognized five groups, corresponding
to what we now call genera, although not all of them, until
within the past fifteen years, have been recognized as genera.
LinnEpns in the tentli edition of the Systema naturjie grouped
together under the comjirehensive genus Ichneumon the species
for which he subsequently erected the genus Sirex (1761).
These were five in number, and include the types of three of the
genera today recognized, as well as one belonging to another
family. These originally included species of Sirex were:
gigas, spectrum, juvencus, camelus, and marisca.
The following year Geoffroy i)roposed the name Urocerus,
figuring and indicating by a direct bibliographical reference
JOXJBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 5
only the species which had been described by Linngens (1758)
as Iclmeumou gigas, and which Linnseus had subsequently
placed in Sirex. That he had done so, however, was unknown
to Geoffroy, whose conception of Urocerus was doubtless equiv-
alent to that of Sirex by Linnaeus. While Geoffroy does not
name any species of Urocerus, he describes one and only one,
and by a definite bibliographical reference and a figure identi-
fies it with Ichneumon gigas of Linnaeus. The genus Urocerus
is therefore monobasic, with Ichneumon gigas as tji^e. This
interiiretation is confirmed liy Latreille who in 1810 definitely
designed gigas as type. Fourcroy (1875) was the first to
actually use a specific name in association with Urocerus, gigas
being the name of the species that he then included. From
that time until the end of the nineteenth century authors have
used, some Sirex, others Urocerus, but always with the same
meaning. During the past fifteen years, as a result of the work
of Ashmead and Konow, Sirex has been generally recognized
as the correct name and Urocerus as a synonym, and this is the
status indicated by Rohwer (1911a).
It had long been recognized that there were three species —
groups within the old genus Sirex (excluding Tremex, which
will be mentioned later), one containing gigas and its allies,
another juvencus and its allies, and the third spectrum and its
allies. For the latter Costa (1895) proposed the subgeneric
name Xeris and Konow (1896) for the jiiveucus group the sub-
generic name Paururus. These were shortly, and very appro-
priately, raised to generic rank. Xeris contained the single
species spectrum which is therefore its type. The type of
Paururus is juvi'ncus by designation of Rohwer (1911a). Sirex
as thus restricted in the sense of Konow, Ashmead, and Rohwer
was with the supposition voiced by Rohwer (1911a) that gigas
was its type.
That, then, up to the present is the status of the old genus
Sirex, gigas and its allies retained in it, juvencus and allies
placed in Paururus, spectrum and allies in Xeris.
But unfortunately Curtis (1829) definitely designated juven-
cus as the type of Sirex, a fact known to Rohwer, and over-
6 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
looked by him in fixing gigafi as type only through a clerical
error. Paururus having the same tj^e is therefore a synonym
of Sirex, and the old name Urocerus, long considered a syno-
nym of Sirex but having in reality a dit¥erent type, namely
gUjn.'i, must be resurrected for Sirex in the sense of recent
authors.
The present genera tlien will be:
SIREX, type juvcncits (=Paururus, Konow, Ashmead, and
Rohwer).
UROCERUS, type gigas (== Sirex of Konow, Ashmead, and
Rohwer).
XERIS, type spectrum.
Jurine (1807) erected the genus Tremex for Sirex magus and
S. fuscicornis F. Latreille (1810) indicated the latter as t^je
of the genus. Xyloterus Hartig (1837) (not Ericlison 1836)
and Xylcecematium Ileyden (1868) («. n. for Xyloterus) both
have fuscicornis for their types and are synonyms of Tremex.
These names have been but rarely used.
Norton (1869) proposed the name Teredon for Tremex lafi-
tarsis and T. cuheusis Cresson. Kirby (1882) proposed Tere-
donia to replace Teredon on the mistaken conclusion that the
hitter was preoccupied. Teredon, however, is a valid name.
The Taxonomy of the Geneea
Ashmead (1898) recognizes two subfamilies, Siricinfe and
Tremecinai, allying Xeris with Tremex and Teredon in the
latter. That is an unnatural alignment, brought about by the
unfortunate selection of characters which he used in separating
the subfamilies. The first of these is the variation in the
caudal end of r-m in the front wings which may be upon the
longitudinal or again ui>on the transverse part of media. But
we find the same variation within single species; it is in fact a
character upon which no reliance can be placed in the Siricida?.
The second character is the presence of one or two apical spurs
on the posterior tibia?. Konow (1905) recognizing Siricidae in
tlie present sense as a sul)family, divides it into two tribes, cor-
responding exactly to the divisions employed by Ashmead.
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 7
Eohwer (1911b) attains a more natural arrangement by placing
Xeris in the Siricinse. His arrangement is as follows:
"AntennfB long and slender, basal vein received near the middle
of the first diseoidal cell; second transverse cubitus present.
Sirecinae
"Hind tibiffi with two ealcaria; humerus [2d A] and transverse
median of the hind wings present. Sirecini
"Hind tibije with one ealcaria [sic (!)]; humerus [2d A] and
transverse median of the hind wings wanting. Xcrimi
"Antenna^ short and stout; basal vein and transverse median in-
terstititial, or nearly so; second transverse cubitus wanting.
Tremecinae"
The basal vein (Fig. 8&) is m-cn, and the first diseoidal cell in
the sense of Cresson, Marlatt, and others, M4, which, of coiirse,
can not receive m-cu. Evidently Rohwer means here, cell Cu,.
Examining the several figures of wings here presented (Figs.
6-11) it will be noted that on this character the wing of Xeris
would fall doubtfully into the Tremicinae and the wing of Teredon
clearly into Siriciua?, resembling closely in this respect the
wing of Vrocerus flavicornis. The second transverse cubitus
(Fig. 8tc^) is Es, and this is frequently, probably normally,
present in Teredon, which would thereby fall into the Siricinse.
There are, however, two important characters which all
authors have overlooked in differentiating the subfamilies.
Sirex, Urocerus, and Xeris have 3-segmented labial palpi (Figs.
4, 5, and 17), and retain the cerci. Tremex and presumably
Teredon (although lack of material makes verification impos-
sible) possess 2-segmented labial palpi (Fig. 16) and have lost
the cerci.
A further discussion of the relations of the genera would
occupy too much space, and I shall reserve it until a later date.
The Forms of the Names
Under each genus I have indicated its derivation, gender, and
stem to be used for derivatives. The following forms are the
proper ones : Siricini, Siricinse, and Siricidse, not, as has some-
8 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
times been written, Sireeini, Sireeinse, and Sirecicte; Tremicini
and Troniicin:r, not Tremeoini and Tremecina'; and Xerini, not
Xeriini.
A Key to the Sltbfamilies and Genera of Siricid^
A. Labial palpi 3-segmented (Fig. 17) ; eerci present; antennae filiform,
seventeen- to twenty-five-segmented (Figs. 37 and 39) ; the radial
cross-vein in the front wings received in the cell R- but never
near its apex; posterior tibiiu with one or two apical spurs.
Sirieinae
B. Cornus of the female shouldered or not (Figs. 18-25), but
never constricted at the base and then widened apically;
free part of Cuj usually di.stinct; head immaculate; poste-
rior tibiiv with two apical spurs. Sirex Linna-us
BB. Cornus of the female constricted at base and widened
apically (Figs. 26-33) ; never more than a stump of the free
part of CUo present ; a white spot present behind the eye.
C. Posterior tibia' with two apical spurs ; ovipositor shorter
than the abdomen. Urocerus Geoffroy
CC. Posterior tibiai with one apical spur; ovipositor usually
much longer than the abdomen. Xeris Costa
AA. Labial palpi 2-segmented, very thick (Fig. 16); cerci absent;
antennte short, four- to fourteen-segmented, or in a few oriental
species as many as twenty-segmented, somewhat thickened in the
middle ; R- in the front wings absent, the radial cross-vein there-
fore received in the united cells Rj-j-.- or if R., is present (Figs.
9 and 10), then the radial cross-vein is directly opposite it;
posterior tibiae with one apical spur. Tremieinae
B. In the front wings R., is lost (Fig. 9) ; posterior legs flattened
in botli sexes, but not greatly dilated ; flagellum with four-
teen or more segments. Trcmex Jurine
1111. In the front wings Rr, normally retained (Fig. 10) ; posterior
legs flattened, the tibia' and tarsi greatly dilated (Figs. 12
and 13) ; flagellum reduced to three segments.
Tciudon Norton (Cuban)
Sirex Linnfens
Sirex, (/en. siri<-is,M. ■ (Tuprjv= a wasp (Aristotle) (hriratires : siric +
(Fig-s. 1, (), L5, 17, 18-25, ;17, and :^9)
<1758 Irhvdimon Linnams. Syst. nat. ; ed. 10, v. 1 : p. 560.
1761 .S'iVr.r Linuani.s. Fauna suec. ; ed. 2: p. 396.
JOURNAI^ OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 9
1702 Uroccrus Geofr'roy. Hist, abreg. insec. de Paris; v. 2: p. 264.
1896 Paururus Konow subgenus. Verschied. aus der Hym.-Gruppe d.
Tenthred. < Wien. ent. Zeit; v. 15: p. 41.
The type of the genus is Sir ex juvencus Linnaeus, by designa-
tion of Curtis (1829). Tlie type of Paururus Konow is tlie
same {vide Rohwer, litlla) and the latter is therefore a syno-
njTB of Sirex.
The females of this genus are readily distinguished from
those of other genera by the shape of the cornus. Both sexes
are distinguished by the absence of white marks on the cheeks,
which I have found a thoroughly constant character. It is the
hardest of all genera in which to separate the males from each
other. Confusion has existed among them, and to some extent
continues.
A Key to the North American Species of Sirex.
FEMALES
A. Abdomen blue.
B. Legs black or blue, except sometimes apical half of po.sterior
tarsi.
C. Cornus short and triangular or shouldered.
D. From a side view the cornus is arched and dis-
tinctly widened before the apex, from above
short and triangular (Figs. 18 and 19).
californicus (Ashmead)
DD. From a side view tlie cornus is not arched, taper-
ing or at least scarcely widened before the apex,
from above short and shouldered (Figs. 20
and 21).
E. In the front wings M„ separating from M,
midway between R^ and R- ; wings dark
violaceous, especially at the base and
along the costal margin; body short and
stout, the thorax very broad; second seg-
ment of the posterior tarsus shorter than
the two following united; impressed basin
on the alidomen in front of the cornus
deep and wider than long.
obesus n. sp.
10 JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
EE. In the front wings M^ separating from M^ ;
much closer to R^ than to R^; wings vary-
ing from slightly smoky to almost viola-
ceous; body as in cyaneus and other
species; the thorax not exceptionally
bi-oad; second segment of the posterior
tarsus longer than the two following
united ; impressed basin in front of the
cornus shallow, and as long or longer than
wide. edwardsii BruUe
CC. Cornus elongate, not shouldered, a ridge at each side
towards the base (Fig. 22).
areolatus (Cresson) Kirby
BB. Legs except coxffi yellow or reddish yellow. [Wings nearly
hyaline, or somewhat infuscated, especially along the outer
margin ; cornus shorter than in areolatus, but distinctly
longer than in cdivardsri, not shouldered, from a lateral
view usually somewhat arched and widened before the
apex (Pig. 23).] jwvencus race cyaneus Pabricius
AA. Abdomen more or less red.
B. Wings hyaline, with a transverse fuscous band basad of the
stigma, and a fuscous apical margin ; cornus scarcely shoul-
dered (Pig. 25) ; only two basal segments of abdomen red.
behrensii (Cresson) Kirby
BB. Wings fuliginous; cornus distinctly shouldered (Fig. 24) ;
basal three or four abdominal segments blue-black.
nigricornis Pabricius
MALES
A. Head and thorax metallic green ; posterior or sometimes all the legs
except their coxse rufous; abdomen except basal one or two seg-
ments red. [Wings yellow, especially at base.]
areolatus (Cresson) Kirby
AA. Head and tliorax lilack or blue-black, or if somewhat green, the
body and legs not colored as above.
B. Apical segment of abdomen blue or black.
C. Seventh dorsal abdominal segment blue or black.
D. Only the fifth and sixth dorsal abdominal seg-
ments yellow; legs brown except the anterior
and middle femora at tips, their tibise and tarsi,
the posterior knees and last two tarsal segments
reddish yellow; wings yellowish, smoky around
the outer margins; antennaj black.
edwardsii Brulle
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 11
DD. The fourth and apical half of the third dorsal
ahdominal segmeuts, as well as tlie fifth and
sixth, yellow; legs rufous, the hind tibia and
first three segments of the tarsi black; wings
yellowish, hyaline; apices of the first two an-
tennal segments rufous heneath.
abbotii Kirby
CC. Seventh dorsal abdominal segment red. [Legs entirely
black; wings hyaline, veins brown.]
apicalis Kirby
BB. Apical segment of the abdomen red or yellow.
C. Posterior legs brown except the coxie, second segment of
the trochanters and last two tarsal segments red;
wings liyaline, sliglitly yellow, no smoky band around
the margin; veins yellowish brown. [Abdomen dis-
tinctly widened at the apex; thorax metallic, either
blue or greenish; base of antenniv l)lack.]
juvencus race cyaneus Fabricius
CC. Po.sterior legs brow-n or l)lue-black, except sometimes the
knees, tibijE and tarsi red; wings yellowish, with a
distinct smoky outer border. nigricornis Fabricius
CCC. Posterior legs reddish brown except the coxfe which are
black ; wings hyaline, a little smoky at the tip.
[Thorax not metallic, black, base of antenna? red.]
behrensii (Cresson) Kirliy
Sir ex calif ornicus (Aslimead)
(Figs. 18 and 19)
1904 Paururus californicus Aslimead, $ . Descr. of four new liorn-tails,
<Can. ent. ; v. 36 : p. 64.
Distribution : Inhal)its the Pacific Coast, from northern Cal-
ifornia to British Cohinibia.
Sirex edwardsii Brulle
(Figs. 20 and 21)
1846 Sirex edwardsii Brulle, 5 . Hist. nat. d. ins. Hym. ; v. 4: p. 645;
pi. 45, f. 1.
1869 Vrocerus zonatus Norton, $ . Cat. descr. Tenthred. and Uro-
eeridse N. A. < Trans. Amer. ent. soc. ; v. 2 : p. 357.
1874 Sirex abaddon Westwood, 2. Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 115 ; pi. 21, f. 7.
1874 Sirex fulvocinctus Westwood, 2 . Loc. cit.; p. 114; pi. 21, f. 1.
1904 Paururus hopkinsi Ashmead, S 9 . Descr. of four new horn-tails.
■<Can. ent. ; v. 36 : p. 64.
Distribution: Inhabits the transition zone of the Atlantic
States.
12 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Sirex apicalis Kirby
1882 Sirex apicalis Kirby, S . List Hym. Brit, mus.; v. 1 : p. 377; pi.
15, f. 11.
1898 Paururus areolatus Konow, ,5 9 . Syst. und krit. Bearbeitung der
Siricini. < Wien. ent. Zeit. ; v. 17: p. 81.
I have seen a single specimen from unknown locality. S.
obcau^ may he the female of this.
Distribution: \'ancouver Island.
Sirex obesiis new species
9 . ## Metallic blue-black, duller on abdomen. Wings dark
violaceous, especially at base and the costal margin. Body short
and stout, the thorax exceptionally broad, distinctly wider than
the head.
Head and thorax clothed with sparse black pubescence;
clyijeus longitudinally striate; genae closely and coarsely punc-
tured; vertex with a distinct longitudinal prominence on each
side above, these sparingly punctured and shining, rest of ver-
tex coarsely closely ])unctured, almost rugose in places; anten-
nae short, 18 nun., 19-segmented, the apical segments with flat-
tened surfaces, a longitudinal channel on the inner surface of
each segment; thorax coarsely punctured, the shoulders tuber-
culate; mesoscutum mesally in front nearly impuuctate and
shining.
M, se])arating from Mo midway between E4 and E-, in front
wings. Legs rather short, stouter than in edicardsii and more
spinose ; the second tarsal segment shorter than the two follow-
ing united; the claw with a strong tooth lieneath and a lobe at
base.
Basal plates and to some extent the second segment pubes-
cent; the second and remaining dorsal segments minutely sha-
greened, oiiacpie, the eighth toward the apex with punctures
bearing short hairs; the precornal basin deep, broader than
long, without a central carina, sejiarated from the cornus by a
suture; tlie ui)i)er surface of the cornus making an obtuse angle
with the dorsal surface of the ninth segment; the base of the
cornus consideraI)ly narrower than the ninth segment; cornus
JOTJENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 13
from above of moderate length (3.5 mm.) ; strongly shouldered,
beyond the slioiilders serrate, the apical spine narrow; from a
side view the dorsal surface is flat, the ventral surface tapering
to the tip, except just beyond the anus two or three large ser-
rations cause a slight widening; ovipositor extending less than
3 mm. beyond the tip of the cornus.
Length of thorax including basal jilates 9 mm. ; of abdomen
14.5 mm. ; expanse of wings 54 mm. ; antennae 18 mm. ; front
wing l24.5 mm. ; posterior leg '20 mm. ; tibia 8 mm. ; metatarsus
4 mm.; ovipositor 7 mm.; total length to tip of cornus 28 mm.
This may be the female of apicalin.
Habitat : Arizona.
T^^:)e : ■ A unique female in the collection of the American
Entomological Society.
Sirex abbotii Kirby
1882 Siirx abhotii Kirbv, £. List Hyni. Hrit. inu.s. ; v. 1: p. 378; pi.
15, f. 8.
1898 Paururiis cyaneus Konow, $ 9 . Syst. und krit. Bearbeitung der
Sirieini. < Wein. ent. Zeit. ; v. 17 : p. 81.
This species is known with certainty only from the male.
Female specimens from the same locality were recorded by
Kirby as S. edwardsti, with the remarks that they were per-
haps the females of abbotii. Konow is wrong in assigning this
species to cyaneus, which does not occur south of New York,
and is different in coloration. I have not seen specimens.
Distribution: Georgia.
Sirex arcolatus (Cresson) Kirby
The alxlomen of the female is a more metallic and shining
blue than in the foregoing species.
Konow considers apicalis as a synonym of this species, but
the male described by him for areolatus is not what I consider
to be the male of areolatus, described below.
Westwood's figure, by the shape of the abdomen and cornus
leaves no doubt but that his gracilis belongs here.
14 JOUKNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Cacruli'iis is at most a variety of areolatus. It differs onlj-
liy liavinn- tlie iiosterior tarsi beyond the middle of the meta-
tarsus red, darker on the last segment, and by having only
slightly fuscous wings. Edwardsii shows quite as much varia-
tion in wing color.
Key to the Races of Sirex areolatus
Wings dark violaceous ; legs entirely black or blue-black.
Rflce areolatus (Cresson) Kirby
Wings only .slightly smoky; posterior tarsi beyond the middle of
the metatarsus red, apical segment darker.
Race cacruleus (Cresson) Kirby
Eace areolatus (Cresson) Kirby
(Fig. 22)
1867 Vroccrus areolatus Cresson, 2 . Cat. of a small coll. Hym. made
in N. Mex. < Trans. Amer. ent. soc. ; v. 1 ; p. 375.
1874 Sirex gracilis Westwood, § . Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 114; pi. 21, f. 4.
Known from the mountains of Arizona and New Mexico,
Colorado and Northern California.
Race caeruleus (Cresson) Kirby
1880 Uroccrus caeruleus Cresson, 9 . Descr. of new N. A. Hym. in coll.
Am. Ent. Soc. < Trans. Amer. ent. soc. ; v. 8 : p. 34.
1898b I'aurKrus areolatus^Show, S 9 ■ Syst. u. krit. Bearb. d. Siric-
Trib. Siricini. < Wien. ent. Zeit. ; v. 17 : p. 90.
Known only from ^^ancouver Island.
Sirex juvencus race cyaneus Fabricius
(Fig. 23)
1781 Sirex cyaneus Fabricius, 2. Spec, insec. ; v. 1 : p. 419.
1837 Sirex duplex Shuokard, S 5 . Descr. of a n. sp. of Sirex discov-
ered to attack spruce fir. < Mag. nat. hist. ; (n. s.) v. 1 : p. 630.
1841 Urocerus uitidus Harris. Rep.Tns. Mass. inj. to veg. ; p. 391.
1866 Sirex varipes Walker, 9 . In The Naturalist in Vancouver Island
and liritish Coliunbia. By J. K. Lord : v. 2 : p. 342.
1882 Sirex abbolii Kirby, S. List. Hym. Brit. mus. ; v. 1 : p. 378; pi.
15, f. 8.
1882 Sirex hirsulus Kii-l)y, S . Loc. cit. ; p. 380 ; pi. 15, f. 6.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 15
Shuckard makes the identification of the male certain, as he
notes its occurrence with the female in the spruce fir {Pinus
[Picea] nigra), which is an American fir, although the sjieci-
mens were found in Cambridgeshire, Klngland. He states that
they last about a fortnight during the latter part of May and
early June. He mentions the confusion existing in the identifi-
cation of the species, and correctly suggests that it may prove
to he Sirex cyaneus. The t^1^ical race is European, living in
Scotch fir {Pinus sylvestris) . It differs little from cyaneus,
liaving however the base of the antennae red instead of l)lack.
Mr. Ingpen relates the occurrence of cyaneus in England by
thousands in the boards of a house which had been built three
years; the lumber was supposed to have been brought from
Canada.
Konow in his monograph of the Siricini incorrectly places
(ibbotii as the male of cyaneus, and he considers varipes syn-
onymous. S. duple:v was not supposed to he new when de-
scribed, but was so treated on account of the confusion in
regard to it, and was thought possibly to be S. cyaneus.
Distribution: From northern New York to New Brunswick,
Newfoundland and Hudson's Bay, west to Vancouver Island,
south to Illinois and Kansas, south along the Rocky Mountains
to New Mexico, and along the Pacific Coast to California. A
characteristic species of the Canadian and possibly also Hud-
soniau life zones.
Sirex nigricornis Fabricius
Konow has placed pinicola Ashmead as a synonym of nigri-
cornis. There seems, however, to be a more or less constant dif-
ference in the color of the posterior legs, and it seems that
pinicola represents a southern race of the more northern nigri-
cornis, the two meeting in the region of West Virginia and
Delaware.
Norton states that males taken in the same locality as the
female were almost precisely the same as the males of 8.
cyaneus.
16 journaij of entomology and zoology
Key to the Eaces of Sibex nigricobnis
Legs entirely blue-black. pinicola (Ashniead)
Legs basally iilue-blat-k, the tilii;v and tarsi red. iiigricfirnis Fabrieius
Eace nigricurnis Fabricius
(Fig. 24)
1781 Sirex nigriconiis Fabrieius, 9 ■ Spec, insec. ; v. 1 : p. 413.
1869 Uroccrus nigricornis Norton, ? S ■ Cat. deser. Tenthredinidtu
and Urocerida^ N. A. < Trans. Anier. ent. soc. ; v. 2 : p. 3.59.
1874 Sircx morio Westwood, ?. Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 115; pi. 21, f. 6.
Distribution: From New York to Delaware.
Eace pUiiruhi (Aslimead)
1898 I'aurKrKs piiticolus Ashniead, 9. Class, horn-tails and saw-dies.
<Can. ent; v. 30: p. 179.
1898 Paururus mgricornis Konow. Syst. u. krit. Bearb. d. Siric.-Trib.
Siricini. < Wien. ent. Zeit. ; v. 17 : p. 270.
1904 Paururus pixicola Ashniead, $. Deser. of four new horn-tails.
< Can. ent. ; v. 36 : p. 64.
Konow lias pointed out that piiiicolo is a Latin substantive,
and can not lie changed to pinicolus.
Distribution : From "West Virginia to Florida.
Sirex behroisH (Cresson) Kirby
(Figs. 1 and 25)
1880 Uroccrus hclircnsii Cresson, ? . Deser. new N. A. Hyni. in coll.
Amer. ent. soc. < Trans. Anier. ent. soc. ; v. 8 : p. 35.
S . ^ In the male which lias not heretofore been described the
smoky liand beneath the stigma is wanting, the smoky margin
at the apex less pronounced; the liase of the antenn?e red; the
coxtT black, the rest of the legs reddish l)rown; the abdomen
except the basal two segments red; the free margin of the
eighth dorsal segment sufficient to conceal the tenth, even when
the latter is extended.
Itelated to iiigriconns. The color of the wings seems to be
quite constant.
Distribution: Known from California (Berkeley, Sept. 1906,
J. C. Bradley) and Nevada.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 17
Uroceriis Geoffroy
Urocerus, gen. uroceri, M. <ovpa = tail + K€pas = horn derivatives: urocer +
(Figs. 2, 5, 7, 26, and 29-33)
<175S Ichneumon Linnsus. < Syst. nat. ; ed. 10, v. 1 : p. 560.
1761 Sirex Linna>us. Fauna suec ; ed. 2: p. 396.
1762 Urocerus Geoffroy. Hist, abreg. insee. de Paris; v. 2: p. 264.
Tlie type of the genus is Ichveiiiiioii gifjas Linna'us.
A Key to the North American Species of Urocerus
A. AlKlomen entirely black or blue-black.
B. Winjj.s soiiipwhat smoky or yellow; antenna>, except the base
and soiiietiincs the apex, cheeks, sonietimes lateral spots on
the last abdominal segnient, base of tibiae and tarsi white
or yellow.
C. Wings somewhat smoky; antenna' except the apex and
the basal two or three segments, cheeks, sometimes
lateral spots on the abdomen, the base of the tibite
and tarsi, white. 2 albicornis (Fabricius) Harris
CC. Wings golden yellow ; antenna- except the basal segment
and all other markings yellow.
9 calif ornicus Norton
BB. Wings brown-black; antenna' from the eleventh segment to
the apex white; cornus reddish yellow.
9 ta.rodii (Ashmead)
AA. Abdomen partly red or yellow, or brownish.
B. Wings subhyaline.
C. Antenna-, tibia>, and tarsi, second, seventh, eighth, and
sometimes the first abdominal segments more or less
yellow, the remainder black ; wings yellow toward the
base and costal margin.
9 flavicornis (Fabricius) Provancher
CC. Antenna; brown, yellowish at the base; tibisij and tarsi
except the anterior, brown, their bases yellow; third,
fourth, fifth, and sixth, abdominal segments yellow,
the remainder black; wings clear, not yellow.
S flavicornis (Fabricius) Provancher
BB. Wings browu-black; the abdomen and more or less of thorax
reddish or brownish yellow, the apex dusky or blackish.
3 taxodii (Ashmead)
18 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
BBB. Wings violaceoixs; antenna black, apex yellow; abdomen
more or less black or entirely red, apex always red; legs
exce(tt tlie posterior tibia:" and tarsi yellow or more or less
black. crcssoni Norton
AAA. Abdomen entirely reddish or brownish yellow.
B. Thorax red or brownish ; antennie, legs, and abdomen yellow-
ish red; wings jadlow. S califondcHS Norton
BB. Thorax, head, base of antennae, and more or less of legs, black ;
wings violaceous. 5 and variety of 9 cressoni Norton
BBB. Thorax except tiietauotum black; apex of abdomen dusky.
(See S taxodii.)
Urocerus fi<iricoriiis Fabrieius
(Figs. 8 and 26)
1781 Sirex flavicornis FH]n-k\ufi. 9. Spec, insec. : v. 1 : p. 418.
1835 Sirex bizonatus Stephens, 9. Illus. Brit. ent. ; v. 7 : p. 114; pi.
36, f. 2.
<1841 Urocerus abdomhialis Harris, S- Rep. ins. Mass. inj. to veg. ; p.
392.
1874 Sircx latifasciatiis Westwood, S. Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 114; pi. 21,
f. 2.
1893 Urocrru.t riparius MacGillivray, $ . Washington Tenthred. and
Uroeeridre. < Can. ent. ; v. 25 : p. 244.
This liandsome insect is our commonest species of Urocerus
There is no doubt tliat tlie male described by Harris as ahdom-
iualis is in part the male of this species, and also probably in
jiart of albicanris. In a series of over fifty males I find five
that possess but a single spur on the apex of the posterior
tibiae, a character that would place them in the subfamily
Tremicinae according to Ashmead's classification.
Kirby says that hizoiiattwi differs in the lighter color of the
hind legs and the color of the abdomen, but specimens of flavi-
cornis show this same variation.
The North American pdvicoriiis is very closely related to the
European gigas. The difference may be expressed by the fol-
lowing table:
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 19
gigos faviconiis
5 9
Cormis linear, very slightly wid- Cornus more distinctly widened
ened before the apex; eighth dor- before the apex; eighth dorsal seg-
sal segment entirely yellow; ninth ment yellow only at base; ninth
dorsal segment yellow laterally at dorsal segment entirely black,
apex.
° Scape black; antenna^ from the
Scape usually black; flagellum seventh segment to apex often but
yellow; seventh dorsal segment not always dusky or black; sev-
yellow. enth dorsal segment black.
Distribution: From Silieria and Alaska, Keewatin and Ijab-
rador south along the Pacific Coast to Oregon, along the Rocky
Mountains to Arizona and New Mexico (at high altitudes) and
even Mexico, south in the east to northern New York, New
Hampsliire and Massaclmsetts.
The species is characteristic of the Hudsonian and Cauadian
life zones. It seems to be common in coniferous forests of the
nortli. It is entirely absent so far as known from California,
and in the states of Colorado, Utah, Arizona and New Mexico
is confined as noted by Mr. Rohwer, to the liigh mountains,
7500 feet and upward. A single record from Nebraska is ratlier
puzzling, and perhaps an error. Farther east it extends south
scarcely below the Canadian boundary, liaving been taken at
high altitudes in the White ^Mountains and a single specimen
many years ago at Ithaca, N. Y.
Vrocerus albiconiis (Fabricius) Harris
(Fig. 32)
1781 Sire.r aIbiconii.'< Fabricius, $. Spec, insec. ; v. 1: p. 41[).
<1841 Urocerus ahdotninalis Harris, $ . Report ins. Mass. inj. veg. ; p.
419.
1882 Sirex stephensi Kirby, 5. List. Hym. Brit. mus. ; v. 1: p. 375.
The male is indistinguishable, so far as yet known, from tlie
male of S. favicnruis.
Distribution: From Britisli Columbia, nortliern Ontario,
Nova Scotia and Newfoundland south to Pennsylvania, Wash-
ington and northern Idaho.
20 JOURNAL, or ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Tliis species is comniou in the Canadian life zone and may
extend into tlie lludsonian. In the east it extends a little
farther south ah)ng the Alleghanies than does favicuniis. In
the west it extends, so far as known, only slightly south of the
Canadian l)order; south of this it is replaced by the very
closely allied calif oruiciii<, which indeed has often been looked
upon as siiui)ly a \ariety.
In the southeast it is replaced by taxudvi, to which it is
closely related.
Uruccrns califoruicus Norton
(Figs. 7 and 33)
1869 Uroccrus albiconiis var. californicus Norton, 9 . Cat. descr.
Tenthred. and Uroceridai N. A. < Trans. Amer. out. see. ; v. 2:
p. 360.
1880a Urocerus fulvus Cresson, s . Descr. of new Hym. in coll. Anier.
ent. soc. < Traus. Amer. ent. .see. ; v. 8 : p. 35.
1882 Sirc.r flavipennis Kirby, 2 . List. Hym. Brit. inus. ; v. 1 : p. 380 ;
pi. 1.5, f. 10.
Distribution : From Vancouver Island south along the coast
to the Coastal Mountains of northern California, and along
tlie Sierras to Tulare C-ounty, south along the Rockies through
Idaho, Utah and Colorado to New Mexico, Arizona, and Mexico.
Urocerus taxodii (Ashmead)
(Figs. 2 and 29)
1904 Sirex taxodii Ashmead, S 2 . Descr. of four new sp. horn-tails.
< Can ent. ; v. 36 : p. 63.
Bred from cypress {Taxodium disticlvuni).
Distribution: Tryon, North Carolina; and Decatur County,
Georgia.
The writer took a typical female specimen flying about
cypress on Spring Creek, fourteen miles from Bainbridge in
the extreme southwestern part of Georgia, October 1, 1910. A
male taken the day itrevious within a half mile of the same
place, also flying about a cypress tree, undoubtedly belongs to
the same sijecies, but was largely destroyed by ants before it
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 21
could be studied. The following j'ear (June 7-23, 1911) he took
four females and three males at the same locality. They were
nil almormally small, measuriui^' from 18-20 mm. ( 9 ) and 12-17
mm. ( <5 ), while the female collected the previous autumn meas-
ured 33 mm.
Urocenis cre.'isnjii Norton
There seem to be three color varieties of this species, most
distinct in the female.
Table to the Varieties of Urocerus cressoni
Abdomen entirely red; wings dark fuliginous. unicolor n. var.
Basal six dorsal segments of the abdomen brown. cressoni Norton
Abdomen red, with a black band occupying the third, fourth, and
fifth dorsal segments (sometimes less.) tricolor Provancher
These varieties do not represent geographical distinctions.
Distribution: Nova Scotia and Ontario south to Georgia.
Variety cressoni Norton
1864 Urocerus cressoni Norton, 9 . Notes on Tenthred. with deser. of
n. sp. in coll. of the ent soc. <Proe. Ent. see. Phila. ; v. 3 : p. 16.
The male differs from the female (see descrijition under
variety unicolor) by the legs being entirely brownish black.
Variety tricolor Provancher
1869 Urocerus tricolor, Frovaneher, ?. Descr. d'un nouv. Hym. <Nat.
eanad. ; v. 1 : p. 17.
1870 Urocerus tricolor Provancher, $ . Nat. eanad.; v. 2 : p. 77 ; f. 10.
1S7-1: Sires dimidiatus Westwood, $. Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 115; pi. 21,
f. 5.
1901 Sirex fiskei Ashmead, ? . Descr. of four new horn-tails. <Can.
ent. ; V. 36 ; p. 63.
I have seen the types of fiskei Ashmead, and find no reason
for thinking that species different from tricolor. In one female
the legs are entirely black except the base of the posterior tibiffi
and metatarsi, and the extreme base of the middle metatarsi.
In other specimens the legs are as in unicolor.
22 .TOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Variety unicolor n. viir.
(Fig. 31)
S.ij^^Head aud thorax black, except the temples, which are
creamy; antennae l)lacl\ at base, the apical fourteen segments
creamy. Wings fnliginons, with violaceous reflection; legs
bhick, tlie anterior tibi« and metatarsi narrowly creamy white
at tlic l)ase, tlie middle ones more broadly so, the posterior
til)iffi, metatarsi, following and ultimate tarsal segments creamy
white except at tip; base of third posterior tarsal segment and
claws creamy ; alidomen entirely red, opaque and slightly satiny
above, polished beh)w. The precornal basin is wide and short,
the al)domen less bluntly terminated, and the cornus less elon-
gate, and its neck less constricted than in taxodii; ovipositor
extending slightly more than the length of the cornus beyond
the tip of the latter.
Distribution: Quebec (Joliette, July 9, type, 9). Mass.
(Saugus, August, 1!)U5, paratype, 9 ).
Type in the author's collection and paratj^pe in the collection
of the American Entomological Society.
Xeris Costa
(Figs. 4, 11, 28, 30, and 35)
Xeris, gen. xeris, F. < Stpi'S = a kind of plant derivatives: xer +
<1758 Ichneumon Linnaeus. Syst. naturae; ed. 10; v. 1: p. 560.
<1761 Sirex Linnanis. Fauna suec; ed. 2: p. 396.
<1762 Urocerus Geoffroy. Hist, abreg. insec. d. Paris ; v. 2 : p. 264.
189r) Xeris Costa subgenus. Frosp. Im. Ital. <Atti. d. r. Afad. d. sei.
fis. e mat. Napoli ; (2nd ser.) v. 7 : p. 295.
As in Sirex the cheeks are white maculate, aud the cornus
contracted at base. The posterior lateral angles of the head
are sluirply carinate. The ovijiositor is usually longer than
tlie body.
A Key to the North American Species of Xeris.
FEMALES
A. Cornus distinrtly constricted at its base.
]i. Abdomen except first segment red.
morrisoni (Cresson) Konow
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 23
BB. Abdomen entirely black.
spectrum race caudata (Cresson) Konow
A A. Cornus not constricted at its liase, or very slightly so. [Alidoinen
except first dorsal segment red; legs black, the tarsi reddish.]
macgillivraiji u. sp.
MALES
Abdomen mostly red. morrisoni (Cresson) Konow
Abdomen black. spectrum race caudatus (Cresson) Konow
Xeris spectrum (Linnaeus) Costa
(Fig. 4)
Kirby notes that caudata is closely allied to spectrum. They
are indeed so closely related as to be undoubtedly one species.
A careful examination of specimens of both species fails to dis-
close any very satisfactory characters to separate them even as
races. Konow does this as follows :
Legs uniformly reddish yellow, in the $ the posterior legs black
at base ; S with black temples ; ovipositor longer than the
body. caudata (Cresson) Konow
Tibiffi white at base, each temple with a yellowish white spot; $
with posterior legs mostly black; ovipositor as long as the
body. spectrum (Linnteus) Costa
Xeris spectrum race caudata (Cresson) Konow
(Figs. 11 and 28)
1865b Urocenis caudatus Cres.son, 9. <'at. Hym. in coll. Am. ent. .soc.
from Col. Terr. < Proc. Ent. soc. Phila. ; v. 4 : p. 247.
1869 Vrocerus caudatus Norton, S § . Cat. descr. Tenthred. and Uroc.
N. A. < Trans. Amer. ent. soc. ; v. 2 : p. 363.
1874 ,s'//-('.r melancholicus Westwood, S. Tlies. ent. oxon. ; p. 116; pi.
21, f. 8.
Distribution: Inhabits the Hitdsonian and Canadian life
zones, where it is a common insect, having been found from
Alaska, Keewatin, and Nova Scotia south along the Pacific
Coast to northern California, and in the Eocky Mountains to
Colorado, where it occurs at high altitudes. In the east it has
been taken in the White Mountains, and may be expected in
the Adiroudacks.
24 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Xeris morriso)ii (Cresson) Konow
(Fig. 27)
1880a Urocerus morrisoni Cresson, $ S . Deser. new N. A. Hym. in coll.
Amer. ent soe. < Trans. Amer. ent soc. ; v. 8 : p. 35.
1880 Urocerus tarsalis Creason, 9. Loc. cit. Tp. 52.
1893 Urocerus indccisus MacG\l\\vra.y, 6. Wash. Tentlired. and Uro-
ceridifi. < Can. ent. ; v. 25 : p. 243.
Distribution: So far ass known, confined to tlie west coast of
tlie United States from Vancouver to nortliern California, and
Tulare County in the Sierras, and the Rocky Mountains of Col-
orado and Utah. Occurs in company with X. cauddfu.'^.
Xeris tuncgillivrayi new species
(Figs. 30 and 35)
5 . :j^ Head and thorax dull black, a white spot on tlie upper
part of the temples ; antennae black, shading into reddish yellow
on the apical portion. Legs brownish black, the anterior tarsi,
iniildle til)ia! and tarsi and posterior tarsi dull reddish, the i)os-
terior tibia^ whitish at extreme base; abdomen except basal
plates brick red; the sheaths of the ovipositor concolorous with
tlie abdomen, the ovipositor darker. Wings uniformly smoky,
the veins brown, except the costa, which is yellowish.
Head quadrate, the posterior angles rounded; forehead and
vertex rugosely confluently punctured, with a longitudinal me-
dian channel, and two less distinct lateral impressions; temples
smooth and polished, above impunctate, their lower portions
with some round median punctures and a row along the margin
of tlie eyes, the lower i)ortion with a short sharp median ridge,
not so marked as in morrisoni; clyi^eus very prominent, rugose,
its anterior margin smooth, truncate. Third antenual segment
sliglitly exceeding the fourth, twenty-two segments in all, the
scai)e l)road, flattened, concave beneath, the under surface
closely, finely punctate.
Humeral angles prominently carinate, the pronotum behind
them transversely, rugosely, and coarsely ridged; pleurse
shallowiy ]>unctate; venter impunctate, smooth and polished.
Posteriiir metatarsus exceeding the length of the following seg-
JOUENAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 25
ments together, the second segment not quite as long as the
two following united; claws with a tooth within.
C'ornus rather long, but abnornially wide at base, barely con-
stricted in the middle, not altogether unlike the cornus of Sirex
areolatus; ovipositor extending a little more than twice the
length of the cornus beyond the tip of the latter.
Length of the front wing 15 mm. ; of the cornus 2.7 mm. ; of
the ovipositor 15 mm. ; total length 20.5 mm.
It gives me pleasure to dedicate this species to my friend and
former teacher. Dr. A. D. MacGillivray, in recognition of his
signal contributions to our knowledge of the Chalastogastra.
Tremex Jurine
Tremex, gen. treraicis, M. irr. <Tp^^<T£TpaiVa)=to bore through, derivatives: tremic +
(Figs. 3, 9, 16, 36, and 38)
<1761 Sirex Linnteus. Fauna sueicaj; ed. 2: p. 396.
<1762 Vrocerus Geoft'roy. Hist, ahreg. insec. d. Paris; v. 2: p. 264.
1807 Tremex Jurine. Nouv. meth. class. Hym. ; p. 80.
1837 Xylotrriis Ilartig. Faiii. d. Blatt. u. Holzwespen. ; p. 385.
1868 Xyloecematium Heyden. Ueber das seither unbek. < Manehen
von Xyloterus fuseicornis. <Berl. ent. Zeitselir. ; v. 12: p. 27.
There is only one North American species.
Tremex columba (Linna?us) Lepeletier de Saint Pargeau
There are three fairly well marked races, of which heretofore
only two have been recognized.
A Key to the Races of Tremex columba
A. Entire Ijody fulvous; legs beyond femora yellow; wings dark red-
dish brown. Race sericeus Say.
AA. Abdomen marked black and yellow.
B. Ground color black ; second dor.sal segment, line at base of
third, broadened laterally, wedge-shaped spot on sides of
five following segments, the cornus at base, and .sometimes
spot on sides of nintli segment yellow ; head and thorax
varied with brown ; wings brown or yellowish.
Race columha (Linna-us) Lepeletier de Saint Fargeau
BB. Ground color yellow; apical line of second to seventh dorsal
segments; sometimes apex of eighth and more or less of
sides of ninth segments black: head, thorax and antennae
yellowish brown; wings yellow. Race aureus new race
26 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Race columha (Linnaeus) Lepeletier de Saint Fargeau
(Figs. 3, 9, 11, 36 and 38)
17(;;{ Slvix ciihiiiilxi Liiina-us. Cent, insee. ; p. -W. (In Anioen. Acad.;
V. 6.)
1773 »Sf«Ve.r pennsylvanicAis DeGeer. Mem. liist. msec. ; v. 3 : p. 593 ; pi.
30, f. 13.
1773 Sirex cinctiis Dniry. 111. nat. hist.; v. 2: p. 72; pi. 38, f. 2.
1791 Sirex amerkana Christ. Naturg. d. Insek. ; p. 412.
1823 Trenipx obsolrtris Say. Deser. n. sp. Ilyiii. ins. < West, quart.
reporter; v. 2: p. 73. [lieprint, Lee. ed. ; v. 1 : p. 74.]
1874 Trriiifx maunis Westwood. Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 116; pi. 21, f. 3.
Distribution : This form is verj' common in Quebec, Ontario,
and nortlieastern United States, extending south as far as
Georgia. It is less common in the eastern provinces of Canada.
It extends into the states of tlie middle west, but in the Rocky
Mouutaius is replaced by the race aureus, although a few spec-
imens of the typical form have been found in that district. In
the south it is probably replaced by the following race, with
wliich it mingles, however, in the southeast.
Race sericeus Say
1823 Tremex sericeus Say. Deser. n. sp. Hym. ins. < "West quart.
reporter; v. 2 : p. 73. [Reprint, Lee. ed. ; v. 1 : p. 73.]
1846 Tremex servillei BruUe. Hist. nat. ins. Hym.; v. 4; p. 645; f. 2.
Distribution: Southeastern United States, extending north
as far as Pennsylvania, and west as far as Utah.
Race aureus new race
9 . :#:# Antennae, head, thorax, coxae, trochanters, and femora
yellowish brown, sutures washed with black ; rest of legs, basal
plates, and abdomen, except as noted, yellow; wings yellow,
brownish at apex; line on apical margin of third to seventh
dorsal segments black, broadest mesally, line sometimes inter-
rujited mesally on sixth and seventh segments, eighth segment
wholly yellow, or black at apex, sides of ninth segment some-
times stained black.
Distribution: Colorado (Clear Creek, Sept. 5, 1898; Berke-
ley, Sept. 11, 1898; Denver, Sept. VA, 1898; Oct. 15, 1899; Ft.
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 27
Collins, Sept. 6, 1899) ; New Mexico (Albuquerque) ; Arizona.
This seems to be the common form in the Rocky Mountains.
A specimen labelled "Canada" in the collection of the American
Entomological Society is rather intermediate between this race
and the typical form.
Tciedou Norton
Teredon, gen. teredonos, F. <Tep7jSu)v ^ wood-worm deri raf.ires : teredon +
(Figs. 10, 12 and 13)
<1807 Tremc.r Jnrme. Nouv. meth. class. Ilym. ; p. 80.
1869 Teredon Norton. Cat. descr. Tenthred. and Uroeeridaj N. A.
< Trans. Amer. ent. soc. ; v. 2: p. 366.
1882 Teredonia Kirby. List Hym. Brit. nms. : v. 1 : p. 376.
Kirby says that this name is preoccupied and Konow says
that it is preoccupied in MoUusca. After careful search I found
no such genus, and upon consulting with an eminent malacol-
ogist, I was assured that there was no such term in that
science. Probably Kirby had reference to the name Pteredo.
I have therefore followed recent authors in restoring Norton's
original name.
A Key to the Species of Teredon
Wings, legs, and body, except narrow bands on the abdomen,
yellow. cuhensis (Cresson) Norton
Wings liyaline, fuscous at apex, legs and body except abdomen
green-black, abdomen red. lafitarsis (Cresson) Norton
Teredon citbeii-sis (Cresson) Norton
(Fig. 13)
1865a Tremex cuhensis Cresson, 5 . On the Ilym. of Cuba. < Proc.
ent. soc. Phila. ; v. 14 : p. 2.
Distribution : Cuba.
Teredon Intitarsis
1865a Tremex latitai-sis Cresson, <5 . On the Hym. of Cuba. <Proc.
ent. soc. Phila.; v. 14: p. 2.
Considered by Konow to be the male of cuhensis, as is not
unlikely.
Distribution: Cuba.
28 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
LiTEKATUBE CiTBD
Ashmead, William Harris 1898
Classification of the horntails and sawflies or the suliorder
Phytophaga. By Williaiu H. Aslimead. Canadian entomol-
ogist; June-December 1898, v. 30: 141-145, 177-182, 205-213,
225-232, 249-257, 281-287, 305-316 p.
Curtis, John 1829
Sircc JHvencus. No. 253 (In British entomology; being illus-
trations and descriptions of the genera of insects found in Great
Britain and Ireland; containing coloured figures from nature
of the most rare and beautiful species, and in many instances
of the plants upon whi(!h they are found. By John Curtis.
Vol. VI. London, printed for the author, 1829, 25 cm.)
Fonrcroy, A)it()iiu' Francois de. 1785
Entomologia parisieusis, sive Catalogus insectorum qua3 in
agro parisiensi reperiuutur; secundum methodum geoti'ra'anum
in sectiones, genera and species distributus; cui addita sunt
nomina trivalia and fere tercenta^ novaj species. Edente A. F.
de Fourcroy. Parisiis, 1785. 2 v. 141/0 cm.
Konoiv, Friedrich Wilhelm 1905
Hymenoptera. Family Siricidai von F. W. Konow. Fascicule
28: Ip. 1., 14 p., 1 col. pi. {In Genera insectorum; publics par
P. Wytsman. Bruxelles : V. Verteneuil and L. Desmet. 1902 —
fase. 1—32 cm.)
Latreille, Pierre Andre 1810
Considerations generales sur I'ordi'e naturel des animaux
composant les classes des crustaces, des arachnides, et des
inseetes ; avec \m tableau methodique de leurs genres, disposes
en families. Par. P. A. Latreille. Paris., J. Schoell, 1810.
444 p. 201/2 cm.
MacGillivray, Alexander Dyer 1906
A study of the wings of the Tenthredinoidea, a superfamily
of Hymenoptera. By Alexander Dyer MacGillivray. < Pro-
ceedings of the United States National i\Iuseum; 190G. v. 29:
569-654 p. XXI-XLIV pi.
Rohiver, Sievert A. 1911a
II. The genotypes of the sawflies and wood-wasps, or the
superfamily Tenthredinoidea. By S. A. Rohwer. Washington,
:\larch 4, 1911. vi. (iD-llO p. 23 cm. (Technical scries. No. 20,
part ii. TI. S. department of agriculture, Bureau of entomology.
Technical papers on forest insects).
Rohwer, Sievert A. 1911b
A classification of the suborder Chalastogastra of the Hymen-
optera. By S. A. Rohwer. Proceedings of the Entomo-
logical society of Washington; Oct.-Dec, 1911, v. 13: 215-226 p.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
29
EXPLANATION OF FIGUEES
PLATE I.
Figure 1. Sirex behrensii, j . From a drawing by the author.
Figure 2. Urocerus laxodii, j . From a drawing by Miss Annie Sharp.
PLATE II.
Figure 3. Tremex columba, 9 . Photograph by the late Professor M. V. Slingerland.
Figure -1. Xcrls spectrum. Mouth parts. Photograph by Professor C. R. Crosby
and the author.
Figure 5. Urocerus. Mouth parts. Photograph by Professor C. R. Crosby and
the author.
PLATE III.
From drawings by the author.
Figure 6. The wings of Sirex juvencus cyaneus, showing the veins labelled accord-
ing to the Comstock-Needham system.
C— Costa.
Sc — Subcosta; Sci and Sc2, respectively the first and second branches
of subcosta.
R — Radius; Ri, R~, Rs, R4, and R; respectively the first to fifth branches
of radius.
Rs— The radial sector (R-+3+1+0).
M — Media; Mi, Mj, Ms, and Mi respectively the first to fourth liranches
of media.
Cu — Cubitus; Cui and Cui respectively the first and second branches of
cubitus.
1st A, -'d A, 3d A — Respectively the first, second, and third anal veins.
r — The radial cross-vein,
r-m — The radio-medial cross-vein,
m — The medial cross-vein.
m-cu — The medio-cubital cross-vein.
Coalescence of veins or branches of veins is indicated liy a -|- sign.
Figure 7. The wings of Urocerus californicus, the cells numbered according to the
Comstock-Xeedham system.
C— The costal ceU.
Sc, Sci — Subcostal cells.
Scl — The second subcostal cell, or stigma.
R, 1st Ri, Jnd R=, Rn, Ri, and Rr,— Radial cells.
M, Mi, 1st M_~, M::, and M.— Medial cells.
Cu and Cui — Cubital cells.
1st A, 2nd A, and 3rd A — Anal cells.
Ap. — The a]ipeiidiculate cell.
The cells take their names from the vein or branch of a vein which
in a primitive condition forms their anterior margin.
Coalescence of ceUs is indicated by a -f sign.
Figure 8. The wings of Urocerus flavicomis, the veins labelled according to a com-
bination of the systems of Konow, Cresson, etc.
c — The costal vein,
sc — The subcostal vein,
em — The externo-medial vein,
b — The basal vein,
r — The marginal or radial vein.
tc", re-, tc" — The first, second, and third transverse cubital veins,
cu — The cubital vein.
rc^, re' — The first and second recurrent veins,
d — The discoidal vein,
tm — ^The transverso-medial vein.
30
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
sd — The suhdiscoidal vein.
a — The anal vein.
ac — The accessory vein.
ax — The axillary vein.
tl — The transverse lanceolate vein.
PLATE IV.
From drawings by the author.
Figure 9. The wings of Tremex columba.
Figure 10. The wings of Teredon latitarsU.
Figure II. The wings of Xei-is spectrum caudata. (R: in the hind wing only rarely
present).
Figure li. Posterior femur, til)ia, and tarsus of Teredon latltarais.
Figure 13. Posterior femur, tihia, and tarsus of Teredon cubensis.
Figure 14. An antenna of Teredon lalltarsis.
Figure 15. The male genitalia of Sirex areolatus areolalus.
Figure 16. The mouth parts of Tremex rolumba.
Figure 17. The mouth parts of Sirex noctilio.
PLATE V.
Figures 18-3.5 from drawings by Miss A. C. Stryke.
Figure 18. Sirex californicus, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the female.
Figure 19. Sirex californicvs, lateral view of the apex of the alulomen of the female.
Figure 20. Sirex edwardsii, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the female.
Figure 21. Sirex edwardsii, lateral view of the apex of the abdomen of the female.
Figure 22. Sirex areolatus areolatus, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of
tlie female.
Figure 23. Sirex juvencus c)/aiieus. dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the
female.
Figure s'-l. Sirex iiii/rirdrnis iiir/rironii.i, dorsal view of the apex of tlie abdomen of
tlie female.
Figure 25. Sirex behreiisii, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the female.
Figure 26. Urocerus flaviconvis, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the
female.
Figure 27. Xeris morrisoni, dorsal view of the apex of the alidomen of the female.
Figure iS. Xeris Sjiectnnn cnudala, dorsal view of the apex of tlie alidomen of tlie
female.
Figure 29. Urocerus laxodii, dorsal view of the apex of the alidomen of the female.
Figure 30. Xeris macyiUivrayi, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the
female.
Figure 31. Urocerus cressoni unicolor, dorsal view of tlie apex of the alidomen of
tlie female.
Figure 32. Urocerus albicornis, dorsal view of the apex of tlie abdomen of the
female.
Figure 33. Urocerus calif oriiiriis, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the
female.
Figure 34. Xeris spectrum caudata, lateral view of the apex of the abdomen of the
female.
Figure 35. Xeris macyiUirrayi, lateral view of tlie apex of the abdomen of the
female.
Figure 36. Tremex columba, antenna of tlie female.
Figure 37. Sirex belirensii, antenna.
Figure 38. Tremex columba, antenna of the male.
Figure 39. Sirex areolatus areolatus, antenna.
+ Cu,,, -,- 1st +»d + 3a ^
Announcement
This, the first number of the Journal of Entomology and
Zoology in its changed form, starts a new period for the
publication.
It is the hope of the editor to have this journal largely ento-
mological in character, hut with some consideration given to
groups of animals other than insects. It is the plan to have
general and special papers so far as possible in each issue. We
hope that many who are not specialists in entomology may find
much to interest them in these pages. AVe wish to have the
publication Viroadly zoological and yet at the same time it is
the desire to have the journal encourage the work of western
America with many of the particular problems and interests of
southern California in mind. There will lie economic papers
to some degree as well as systematic and morphological studies,
but the journal will not of course attempt to enter the field of
the state and national Inilletins. It is hoped, however, that the
work of the journal may join with that of these more directly
practical publications and by bringing forth more largely tech-
nical results and those of a broader range, contribute its share
towards the good of the state and country and the advancement
of science. Not every article in every number will be of
interest to every one, but some part in each number should be
of value to any one who has anything to do with insects either
in an economic or scientific way and those who are interested in
zoology will, we believe, find in this journal ample returns for
their subscri])tions. The periodical has subscribers in all parts
of the world and we hope to greatly increase the mimber of
these. This increase we feel will come to us as time goes on
because science is not restricted in its problems or its interests.
The Central Nervous System of Aphorura
WILLIAM A. HILTON-
A larg'e mimlier of Colleinliola of the genus Aphorura, species
lutc(t and jiioiitis, were iireserved by various metliods for a
study of the central nervous system. The individuals used
were of all sizes, from less than 1 nnn. to IV-i mm. in length. No
])artif'ular differences were noticed lietween large and small
specimens. In all, even the smallest, difliculty was encountered
in preservation, because it was hard to wet them with a cold
fixing fluid. The method which was most successfully employed
was to place the living animals in warm Flemming's fluid, or to
fix in the fumes of osmic acid. A large number of specimens
were sectioned in all i)lanes, the thickness which seemed besi
was about 5 microns.
The accounts of the nervous s.vstems of C'ollembola are very
meagre; this is also true of the larger group of Aptera or
Thysanura. The work of Boettger '10, on Lepisma has been
very useful as a reference. Mention should also be made of the
paper of Grassi '8S). In this last, three divisions of the brain or
supraesoi)hageal ganglion are given for the Thysanura, based
on the stud.v of Campodea, Japyx, Nicoletia, Lepisin'uui,
MiuhiUs and Lepisma. His divisions are: (1) The forward
one connected with the antennal nerve. (2) The second division
connected with the eyes, when they are present. (3) A caudal
division connected with visceral nerves.
Among the recent work dealing in part with the nervous
system of Collembola, we have the paper of Becker 1910, which
is especially concerned with the interesting postantennal organs
of this group of insects. The article of Philiptschenko 1912,
although an account of the embryonic development of one of
the Collembola, Isotoma cincrea, has some consideration of the
general nervous system of late stages.
One of the most striking things which is noticed in the exam-
ination of this little blind Aphorura, is the relatively large size
38 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
of the gauglia. Auotlier point wliicli is equally interesting is
the small size of the nerve cells. The small size of the animal
antl the consequent smaller number of nerve cells as compared
witli larger insects, is apparently not the only difference be-
tween this insect and those of larger size. Most of the nerve
ceils of Aphorura are aliout two or two and a half microus in
diameter. They are much smaller than other cells of the body,
even smaller, in fact, than the nuclei of certain cells, such for
example as the epithelial cells of the intestine.
The details of structure of the nervous system will not be
considered at this time, but a In-ief description will be given of
the ganglia and the chief branches of the nerve centers of the
head region. The larger ganglia of tlie animal are disposed
much as shown in Fig. 37, i)l. XII, of Philiptschenko's work.
However he shows no supraesophageal ganglion in this figure
and the position of some of the caudal parts of the nervous
system differs from the corresponding portions of Aphoniia.
In Aphorura the supra- and subesophageal ganglia are large
and joined together liy broad connectives in their forward por-
tions. A section across these ganglia at such a level shows
them as one mass with the small esophagus in a little opening
in the center of this mass. The connections between the sub-
esophageal ganglion and the first thoracic are not as close as
between the two large head ganglia.
There are three large thoracic ganglia about opposite each
pair of legs. These are joined together by broad and short
connectives. Beyond the third thoracic ganglion and broadly
connected with it, is a thick mass which represents the fused
abdominal ganglia. This extends into the abdominal region a
short distance and ends in a nerve which probably supjilies
most of the al)dominal organs. I found no ganglia below this
point but there were some indications of nerve cells where there
were no distinct ganglia.
The large abdominal mass broadly fused to the last thoracic
center, was found on median sections, to show evidences of being
composed of several fused ganglia.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 39
Returning- now to the head region we find that the supra-
esopliageal ganglion is fused witli the suljesophageal in its for-
ward region. Two prominent iirojections extend forward from
the thickest mass of tlie ganglion from about the region of tlie
connectives ; these are the antenna! lobes. From the ends of
each of these the antennal nerve of each side takes origin and
rims forward as a large trunk up into the antenna. From the
slightly broader portion of the ganglion, above and quite near
its connection with the subesophageal center at the base of the
antennal lobe, laterally nerves on each side connect the brain
with the group of large sensory cells of the postantennal organ.
The connections and positions of these are very mucli like those
described by Becker '10, and shown in his Fig 27. Tliese sense
cells were much as described by this author. The little masses
in these cells called by Becker "Zwischensubstanz", were very
evident. These last usually stained almost as dark as the fat in
various parts of the body. Back of the region of the post-
antennal sense cells the liroadest portion of the brain is reached.
In this brain, as in one figured Ijy Becker, the caudal end of
the ganglion is tri-lobed with the middle portion slightly
l)i-lobed.
The subesophageal ganglion caudad of the connectives with
the brain separates more and more from the upper nerve center
as the thoracic region is approached. The figure of Boettger
comi)iled from sections of the head ganglia of Lepisma is not
far from the condition of the centers of the head of ApJiorura.
From the sides of the subesoi)hageal ganglion three main nerve
trunks take origin. These from the head end towards the
thoracic region may be homologized as follows: mandibular,
maxillary, and labial branches such as found in other insects.
In the consideration of the sui)raesoi)liageal ganglion no men-
tion was made of an ocular l>rauch or lobe, because there are
no eyes and no ocular part of the brain was recognized.
With some difficulty a clypeolabral trunk was distinguished.
This nerve is rather small. It takes origin from the base of the
antennal lobe near where it joins the supraesophageal ganglion
and near the connective on each side. Its origin is more ven-
40 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
tral tlinn that of the ])Ostanteniial mass of fells. T was unable to
detect any special lol)e of the brain connected with this nerve.
Branches from this trnnk run dorsally and ventrally. Closely
connected with this nerve on each side a little distance forward
from the base of the brain is a small g-an,<;iion with a few nerve
cells. These little centers I believe represent the paired vis-
ceral ganglia of other insects. A little cephalad of the level of
these small nerve centers and dorsal to the esophagus, between
the anteunal nerves there is a minute ganglion with a number of
little brandies. This I believe is tlie frontal. From it on each
side an arched nerve descends to connect with the two lateral
ganglia just where they meet the labial nerve. Other branches
go to the head region and one descends on the dorsal side of
the intestine for some distance.
In order to determine the position of various parts of the
ganglia, there was made in blotting paper a model of the large
head centers and this, together with a graphic reconstruction
from a very perfect series of longitudinal sections, furnished
tlie basis for most of Figs. 1 and 2.
Some General Conclusions
(1) There are two large ganglia in the head, one for each
segment of the thorax and a fused mass of nervous tissue in the
upper alidcuuinal region.
(2) The abdominal ganglion is clearly made up of several
centers fused together.
(3) The supraesophageal ganglion has an antennal nerve on
each side. There is also a labral nerve of smaller size and a
connection on each side with the i)ostantennal sense cells.
(4) The subesopbageal ganglion is joined by broad con-
nectives with the brain and by less broad connections with the
first thoracic ganglion.
(5) There are three main nerves connected with the sub-
esophageal ganglion— the manlihnhir, maxillary and labial.
(6) Connected with the brain are three small ganglia, the
frontal and two lateral visceral ganglia. The first of these is
very small.
JOUKNAJj OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
41
.---xs.
Figure L Head and upper thorax of .1 jihonim iikiiiHx from above. This fifrure
is to show the position of the supra- and suliesophageal ganglia. The
small frontal ganglion is shown with its arched nerves. On the left
side the postantennal organ is shown with the location of the sen.sorv
cells connected with it. Only a little of the lahral nerve is shown. X
about 100.
Figure i. Side view of the entire central nervous system of Aphoriira, compiled
from longitudinal sections. The smaller ganglia and the chief nerves
of the two large head centers are shown in the drawing. XIOO.
Figure 3. Median longitudinal section of the last thoracic and abdominal ganglia.
The ventral side is up, the head end is at the left. X4S0.
Figure i. Cross section of the head ganglia. The dorsal side is up. The esophagus
is between the two ganglia and a branch from the frontal ganglion is on
the dorsal side of the esophagus. The section is taken just back of the
connectives. X4-50.
42 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
(7) Tlie conneotioiis of the small lateral gang-lia are slightly
ditTerent from those of most other insects so far described.
(8) The ganglia are rather large as compared with the
small size of the animal.
(9) The nerve cells are very small, smallei' than the nnclei
of some other cells of the body.
Important References
Becker. E. 1910
Zum ]!;iu dcs Postantenalorgans der Collemliolen. Zeit. f.
Wiss. Zool. Bd XCIV, Ilefte 3.
Boeitger, 0. 1910
Das Gehirn eines neideren Insektes (Lepisma saeearina L.)
I nag. Dis. Univ. Jena.
Grassi, B. 1889
Anatoinie coinparce des Thysanoures, Arch. It. Biol.
Philiptschenko, Jiir. 1912
Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Aptergoten. Ill Die Embry-
onalentwieklung von Isotoiua einerea Nie. Zeit. f. Wi.ss. Zool.
Bd. cm Heft 4.
(Conlribulioii fratn the Zoological Labovatory of Pomona College.)
Two New Species of Collembola from the Mountains
of Southern CaHfornia
GEKTKXTDE BACON
Beeause of several slight Imt constant ditferences between
these newly diseo\'ered forms and the widely distributed
Aphorura anibuhins, it seemed best to describe new species on
the basis of these characters. AmbulcDis has two ocelliform
punctures at the base of each antenna ; there is only one in the
new species. Also the post antenna 1 organ of (Diibulaus con-
sists of 12-14 tubercles, while these new species have but 11
and 9. There are numerous tubercles on one of the joints of
the antenna in the new forms which are not like anything in
(uiibiildiis. There are a number of other minor differences.
These new species were found at Bear Flats on the slope of
Mount San Antonio, at (5,000 feet elevation. It was tirst noticed
that a number of Jiirds were hovering near and occasionally
digging in the earth about the bases of the bushes. The soil at
this i)lace was very dark and rich in vegetable remains.
Although it was several feet down to water, the bushes were in
a slight hollow and the earth was a little moist, although it was
very dry all about. There were thousands of the insects,
usually in little groups and of various sizes. Two kinds were
found — a white and a yellow. The yellow was much more
al)undant. The little creatures were without eyes but the
antennae were actively moved al)out as the animals changed
their positions when they were disturbed. Their movements,
although slow because of the short legs, were fairly active. All
sizes of both the white and yellow were taken to the laboratory
and kept alive for several weeks.
So far this little area on the mountain side is the only place
in the mountains or in the canyons where Dr. Hilton or I have
found these insects.
44
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Aphorura montis n. sp.
(Figs. 1, -2, and 3)
Leno'th 1.5 mm. Color — White. Body — Lons", siibcyliiidrieal;
sparsely covered with hairs. Head — Slightly elongate. An-
tennae— (Fig. 3 A). Shorter than head, blunt; segments four,
stout and rounded ; I shortest, II and III subequal ; IV longest.
On the distal part of III and IV, a number of blunt spines or
tubercles. Those on III are wider, the ones on the outside
being the longest and thickest. No eyes. Postantennal organ
Figure I. Dorsal view of .1 ithonira montis n. sp.
Figure -2. Side view of Aphorura rnoiifin n. sp.
(Fig\ 3, B) present, consisting of eleven raised tubercles in a
slight groove or hollow, six on the side toward the antenna>, and
five on the other side. Ocelliform punctures at the base of each
antenna, one. Thorax — Three segments not fused, the first is
small but visible from above. Each bears a pair of legs (Fig.
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
45
3, C) wliicli are short and stout. The coxa and trochanter are
short and subequal, femur and tiltia longer and about equal,
tarsus very small and liears two claws without teeth (Fig.
3, D). Superior claw long and broad, inferior very short and
narrow. Abdomen — Segments 1, 2, 3, 4 subequal. Segments 5
and 6 longer. Furcula wanting. Anal horns two (Fig. 3, F).
The skin is covered with tubercles which are very small and
regular. They give the whole body a finely granular appear-
ance.
Figure 3. Aphontra montis.
A — Antenna with the tubercles of the skin shown.
B — Postantennal organ.
C — Leg with claw.
D— Claw.
E — Anal horns, tulierdes of the skin shown.
F — Antenna of Aiihurura lutea.
46 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Aplioniia Infra n. sj).
Ill general apiiearance this species is the same as the
Apharura uiniifis except that it is yellow in color. The size
and shape of the ))ody are about the same. The claws, and
number of anal horns and ocelliform punctures are the same.
The most important differences are in the color and in the
postantennal organ. It contains only nine tubercles, five on the
antenna! side and four on the other, instead of eleven as in
iiioiitis. Although the antennte varied in the different speci-
mens, two rows of blunt spines were found on the third seg-
ment. One row was found on those of the white species.
(Coittriluifioii from tlir Zoological Laboratory of Pomona College.)
Some Remarks on the Abdominal Air Sacs
of Stenopelmatus
EDITH m'cONNELL
In a study of the general anatomy of Stenopelmatus some in-
teresting things were noticed in regard to the trat'hea\ The
air sacs of the abdominal region in comparison with those of
the locust, as described by Snodgrass '03, are more like en-
larged parts of the tracheal tubes and are rectangular in shape.
A B
.^^1
Figure 1. Dorsal view of the dorsal tracheal air sacs of abdomen of Stenopelmatus.
X3.
A — Showing air sacs on left side with a variation in arrangement of
anterior sacs of right side.
B — Lateral longitudinal trachea.
C — Variation in number and arrangement of posterior sacs.
48
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
In the dorsal part tliere are five, sometimes six, large air sacs
on each side. These arise at the spiracles and, witli the excep-
tion of the tirst, are paired. The first, as shown in Fig. 1, A,
is connected with a smaller air sac. In front of each pair of
large sacs is also a pair of smaller ones, about the same width
but only one-half as long as the larger and at the lower end
connected with the large ones by a small tube. Each large air
sac is also connected with the lower part of the small one
posterior to it.
O T^
Figure 2. Ventral view of the ventral tracheal air sacs of abdomen. X3.
A — Main air .sacs of ventral .system.
B — Lateral longitudinal trachea.
C — Variation in number and arrangement of ventral air sacs.
There are some variations in the arrangement of these en-
larged tracheal tubes. One is shown on the right side of Fig.
1, A, where the large air sac is in front and two smaller ones
lie side by side. In another instance two small air sacs are
connected to the first long one on the left side and there are
no small ones connected with the second long one. At the
caudal end there are several small sacs connected with each
other and with one spiracle, as shown in Fig. 1, A. There are
variations in this also, since in some a large air sac is connected
JOUKNAX, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 49
witli the spiracle and with a large sac opposite and the arrange-
ment of the smaller sacs is as shown in Fig. 1, C.
Along each side is a large tube-like trachea which is con-
nected with six spiracles as shown in Fig. 1, B, and also in
Fig. 2, B.
In the ventral i)art of the abdominal region there are also
variations. In some there are live pairs of air sacs, not so wide
and more elongated than the smaller sacs of the dorsal region,
and uniformly arranged. These are connected with each other
and with the trachea whicli runs along the side, being attached
to the outside of the tube at the point where the Itrauches go to
the spiracles. Some of these air sacs are attached to the one
posterior by smaller tubes as shown in Fig. 2, A. The branches
at the caudal end of the long tracheal tube pass in to the
internal organs.
Fig. 3 shows a variation from the uniform arrangement al-
though in this specimen there are also the five main air sacs on
each side but with different connections. It was difficult on
account of the stiff exo-skeleton to open the insect and lay back
the body wall without disturbing the natural arrangement of
the trachea^. At first I thought the air sacs as shown in Fig.
3 were drawn out of position but since examining other speci-
mens I have concluded that it is a variation.
In this account there is no description given of numerous
small l)ranches from the large air sacs which go to various
parts of the abdominal region.
(Contribution from the Zool-ogical Lahoratunj of Pomona College.)
A New California Coccid Infesting Manzanita
{Aulacaspis manzanitae n. sp.)
B. B. WHITNEY
STATE HOETICULTUEAL QUARANTINE INSPECTOE
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Puparium of the female approximately circular; moderately
convex; exuvife siibcentral or towards the margin. Color vary-
ing from pale yellow to dusky j'ellow, or pale brown. Diam. 1.75
to 2.25 mm. ; puparium light brown or gray to a dark brown ;
light gray at margin. A'eutral scale appearing as a very thin
whitish scar on the leaf after the removal of the insect. Male
not known.
Figure 40. Anal plate of the manzanita scale, Aiilacaspis manzanitip n sp. (Original)
Adult female dark with a yellowish pj^gidium before being
boiled in potash; pygidium with five groups of circumgenital
glands ; the anterior group usually consists of from 6 to 10 ; the
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
51
anterior laterals from 12 to 16; and the posterior laterals from
6 to 10. Formula of ten examples :
Anterior 878788776 10
Anterior
laterals 12-14 14-11 14-15 13-14 13-15 14-12 13-14 13-13 9-13 16-16
Posterior
laterals 8- 9 9- 9 7-10 8-8 8-8 8-8 8-8 8-8 7-6 9-9
There are five pairs of lobes; median pair largest; with two
spines in between and serrated on the inner margin. Second and
third pairs are somewhat dixided and may a|)pear as double, or
t"igure 41. The manzanita scale, Aulacaspis mamanitae n. sp. (Photo by E. O.
Essig).
52 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
a large and small lobe. Fourth and fifth lobes are rudimentary.
There is one spine immediately on the outer edge of each lobe
or right after ; there are also gland spines ; the first one between
second and third lobe; one between third and fourth lobe, and
between fourth and fifth there are from three to four. After the
fifth lobe the gland spines vary from six to nine. Out of twenty
scales mounted there are five pairs of marginal glands near the
margin; one gland directly in center of median lobes; four other
glands resembling marginal glands; just back of first, second
and third marginal glands numerous smaller ones scattered back-
wards from near the margin into the abdominal segments. Anal
aperture just even or below posterior group; genital aperture
just below anterior group. Genital aperture very faint and is
generally overlooked.
This scale has been collected at several points in the past by
different collectors. At Bowman, by H. H. Bowman, at Colfax
by E. 0. Essig, and at Dutch Flat, Towle and Blue Canon by
E. K. Carnes, E. J. Brannigan and B. B. Whitney. It was
invariably found on Manzanita sps. at an elevation ranging from
1,622 to 4,701 feet above sea level. This, however, I believe to
be the first recorded description.
Reparding this species Dr. L. O. Howard writes E. O. Essig: "This coccid
resembles in some respects Aulacaspis toumeyi but diiFers in that it has its
median lobes nenrly twice .is large and ]iaragciiituls more numerous. It has been
received before on Acrostaphylos from mountains near Claremont, Calif. This
appears to be a very interesting scale and for some time has been placed in our
unidentified material of this genus".
A New Genus of Chalcidoid Hym
A. A. GEEAULT
Tribe ISOPLATINI
Coelocybella new genus
Female: — Head normal, rounded, the vertex broad, the lateral
ocelli distant from the eye margin, the antenna inserted near the
middle of the face, slenderly clavate, 13-jointed with three ring-
joints, five funicle joints and three club joints, all these joints
wider than long excepting the conical distal joint of the club.
Pedicel long obconic, as long as the four joints following (the
ring joints and the proximal funicle joint), half as long as the
cylindrical scape. Occipital margin obtuse; prothorax conical,
short; mesoscutum with complete, distinct parapsidal furrows,
scutum slightly longer than the imgrooved scutellum. Propo-
deum with a very weak median carina, the spiracles moderate in
size, round, no lateral carinae nor sulci. Abdomen sessile, broad
oval, depressed, about as long as the thorax, the second segment
about a third of its length, the ovipositor not exserted, the abdo-
men from dorsal aspect ovate, widest about the middle, wider
tliau the thorax. Submarginal vein unbroken, at least two and
a half times longer than the marginal, the latter nearly twice the
length of either the stigmal or post-marginal, both of which, for
them, are moderately long, the stigmal vein with a rather large
rounded knob and a distinct neck which is as long as the diameter
of the knob. Diseal cilia dense and fine, the marginal very short.
Tarsi five-jointed, the tibial spurs single, the intermediate longer,
one very long, the i)Osterior one short, stout. Non-metallic,
marked with yellow, the wings hyaline. Abdomen wider than the
head or thorax. Axillse separated by a short distance. Mandibles
bidentate, the inner or second tooth truncate, unequal in the two
mandibles.
Male : — Not known.
Because of the venation, this genus will not be confused with
the Tetracampini but its five-jointed tarsi make it unique for the
54 JOURNAL, OP ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Elachertinse, where I had first placed it hy mistake. From the
genera of its tribe it differs in bearing several more joints in the
antenna?, in having the latter differently inserted and in venation.
Type: — The species described herewith {variegata).
Coclocyhclla variegata new species
Feniale: — Length, 1.75 mm. Opacjue black marked with yel-
lowish brown or lemon yellow as follows: Caudal margins of
the eyes, the face, cephalo-lateral angle of the parapside, all
margins of the scutellnm except the posterior one, vertexal
margin of eyes more or less, lateral margins of scutum narrowly,
lateral and caudal margins of axilla, the cando-lateral angles of
the proi)odeum (lemon yellow), the base of the abdomen rather
broadly (bright lemon yellow), the yellow invaded and divided
by an acutely triangular shining black medial area, its base
])roximad, the incisions following segments '2 and 3 on each side,
the whole incision following segment 4 and the tip of abdomen;
the yellow on the head also nearly lemon yellow. Legs dark
lemon yellow, including the coxse, the tarsi distad more or less
fuscous. Venation smoky black. Pedicel more or less dusky.
Ring joints enlarging distad ; first and second funicel joints
sulHMjual, longest of the funicle.
Male : — Not known.
Described from five female specimens mounted together on a
card in the Queensland Museum, labelled "Brisbane. H. Hacker.
11/7/11".
Hal)! fat : — Australia — Brisbane, Queensland.
Types: — No. ITyl204, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, four of
the above specimens on the same card, plus one balsam slide
bearing female antennte and a posterior leg.
Tjater, two more females w^ere found in the same collection
labelled "l^.red fi-om Gall No. 10, 17/(1/11. Brisbane. Hacker.
Scutellista cyanea Motsch., Bred from Phena-
coccus artemisiae Ehrh
E. 0. ESSIG
SECEETAEY STATE HORTICULTURAL COMMISSION
SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA
On a collecting trip during the month of May, 1911, in the
Sespe Canyon, Ventura County, California, the writer succeeded
in procuring a large number of specimens of Phenacoccus
artemisiae Ehrh. Among the specimens collected one was
noticed to be parasitized and was placed in a small vial. From
tliis specimen an adult Scvtellista cyanea Motsch. was bred. To
the knowledge of the writer this parasite has not been bred from
a coccid of this type and the record is worth preserving. It is
interesting also to note that the specimens collected were far up
in the mountains, which shows that Scutellista cyanea Motsch.
is quite common throughout all parts of southern California.
The writer has bred it from black scale far up in the mountains
in other localities of Ventura County.
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important
Literature
NATURAL CONTROL OF WIIITEFLIES IN FLORIDA
A. W. MORRILI-,, PH. D., AND E. A. BLACK, PH. D.
luvestigations of fungus parasitic on wliitefly have been con-
ducted by the authors in 1906, 1908, 1909, and by the authors
and Mr. E. L. Worsham of Georgia in 1907.
In Florida there are three hidy-beetles that feed upon white-
fly eggs and larvaj but do not greatly check the fly. They are
Chilocorus bivulnerus Muls., Cycloneda sangxiinea L., and
Scymnus pniictatiis Melsh. There is also a capsid bug and two or
three chrysopids as well as several species of spiders, some ant
species and a tlirips, all of which are to some extent predaceuus
on whitefly.
Whitefly seems to decrease markedly during strong, drying
winds and large range of temperature. Unexplained mortality
is also a large factor in natural control, as are dropping from
the leaves and overcrowding.
It is about fungi parasitic on the fly, however, that the
authors have most to say. Of these, Aschersonia aleyrodis
Webber (red fungnis) sends its mycelial rootlets into larvae of
the fly and thus kills them. It is almost free from hyper-jjarasitic
fungi.
Aschersonia flavo-citrina P. Henn. (yellow fungus), closely
resembling the red, is parasitic on the cloudy-winged whitefly
but is itself subject to a hyijer-parasitic fungus [Cladiosporum
sp.) which, particularly in dry seasons, prevents its being very
effective.
The brown fungus {Aegerita webberi Fawcett), also infests
whitefly, often with great success, since its hyper-parasitic fun-
gus {ComotliyriuDi sp.) seems scarcely to check its work.
A number of fungi are next spoken of, which it appears are
of no substantial value in reducing whitefly. They are white-
fringe fungus, Sporofrichum, and the cinnamon fuugiis.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 57
Various ways of infecting' trees with these fungi have been
tried, such as spraying witli water-mixtures of spores, rubbing
with infested leaves, etc. The cost of infecting an orchard is
very k)W and if properly done should pay well, particularly
since the fungi in large areas are naturally more effective.
There is a slight damage done the leaves of citrus trees by
these fungi, but it is seldom of any importance. Indirectly,
however, by hindering the use of fungicides in the orchard
these fungi may be charged with some damage.
Fungi under ordinary conditions and for a term of years
have, unaided, controlled white-fly to the extent of about one-
third absolute efficiency, the authors believe.
There are in this Bulletin No. 102 of the Department of
Entomology a number of original plates showing various stages
of infection by the several fungi.
W. B.
SEEKING FOR PARASITES OF TtlE "WHITEFLY"
AND THEIR xVTTEMPTED INTRODUCTION
INTO FLORIDA
K. G. WOGLUM
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
In 1910 the sum of $5,000 was set aside by Congress for
investigation of possible parasites of the "whitefly" {Aley-
rodes citri). Mr. R. G. Woglum was chosen for the errand,
though he was at the time testing the efficacy of hydrocyanic
gas in killing scale insects. He traveled through Southern
Europe, Ceylon, and India, where he finally discovered a lady-
beetle {Crytogitatha flavescens motsch.) feeding on the fly. At
Lohore, in the Punjab, an internal parasite was discovered
which was named Pro.spalteUu lahnn iisis. Living specimens
were at length secured with difficulty and with these and a
quantity of the "whitefly" food supply the return trip to
Florida was attempted. Mr. Woglum succeeded in landing in
Orlando, Florida, twenty-eight healthy lady-birds and some
Pruaijulttlla on December 2, 1911. Owing to the naturally
58 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
dorniant condition of "whitefly" in Florida at this season and
also to the severe weather of that winter, both the beetles and
the ProspaUella failed to survive.
With proper preparation of a stock of the insect food for
the parasites, and with proper regulation of teinperatnre and
otlier conditions, Mr. Woginni thinks that another trial at im-
poi'tation cduld lie caniiMl to a successful conclusion.
W. G. Brewster.
THE PURPLE SCALE (LEPID0SAPHE8 BECKIl)
H. J. QUALE
Bull. No. 226, College of Agr. Univ. Cal. Publications
In this bulletin a history of the purple scale is given. This
scale was introduced into California in 1888 or 1889. P"'roni all
indications it came directly from Florida with a shipment of
trees.
Some of the leading entomologists of the state knew that
the Florida stock was infected with the purple scab, but they
had reason to believe that it was harmless in this climate. The
result of this has been that at present the purple scale occurs
in the following counties of California: San Diego, Orange,
Los Angeles, Ventura, and Santa Barbara. The reason that it
does not occur in some of the other counties may be due to the
rigid (piarantine tliat has prevailed against the scale in those
sections.
From an economic standpoint the purple scale ranks third.
Its distribution is not so wide as the black, red, and yellow, but
wlien it does occur it is the most serious of all, because it
becomes so incrusted on the leaf, branch, and fruit which it
attacks, that it yields less to treatment.
The purple scale in this country is almost entirely a fruit
insect. It rarely attacks common trees or shrulis growing in the
vicinity of citrus trees. Tlie eggs are oval in shape, al)out .25
mm. long. The larva is flat and oval, about .78 mm. long. It
usually wanders over tlie plant for a time before coming to
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 59
rest. Experiments have shown that when the temperature is
about 89 it travels two or three times as fast as when the tem-
perature is 65. On the whole if it was left to travel by itself
the distribution would be very slow.
Very little is said about the parasite of this scale in Cali-
fornia, but where fuiuii^ation and spray have never been used as
high as 40 per i-ent. of the scale has been parasitised.
This article shows how necessary it is to keep the quarantine
as rigid as possible and keej) on the lookout for a parasite tliat
will not injure the trees.
C. A. Per rill.
THE EED SPIDERS AND MITES OF CITRUS TREES
H. J. QUALE
College of Agr. I'niv. of Cal., Publications.
The two most important species to the citrus growers in Cali-
fornia are the red spider and the six-spotted mite. Both species
were introduced into California from Florida, the first in 1890,
the last in the late eighties.
These animals live and breed entirely upon the trees and are
only incidentally found on the ground. They are most abundant
during May and June but are sometimes abundant at other
seasons. When in small numbers they are not noticed but that is
the time to get control of them.
The red spider {Tetraiichns iiiijfilaspidis) is the worst pest
and is the most widely distributed. It is against this species
that most of the control work is directed. This species is told
from the other by its red color and the fact that the bristles
over the body arise from prominent tubercles. The eggs are
told by the guy threads which radiate from vertical stalks.
The six-spotted mite (T. sexmaculatii) is slightly smaller
than the red species. It is never red in color. The eggs are
white or yellow and perfectly spherical.
The control of these species is not difficult or expensive if
handled in the proper way at the proper time. Fumigation has
(30 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
been tried with little effect. A number of parasites are named
and described in this bulletin. The most satisfactory way to
liold tliese in check is by the ordinary lime-sulphur spray some-
what diluted. C. A. Perrin.
TTTE STRUCTURE AND METAMORPHOSIS OF THE
FORK-GUT OF CORY DA LIS CORNUTUS L.
EOBERT MATHEWSON
Jour, of Morph., Vol. 23, No. 4, 1912.
The fore-gut has live well marked regions: pharynx, esoph-
agus, gizzard, portion between esophagus and esophageal valve,
and esophageal valve.
The pharynx is provided with a series of dilator muscles
attached to the walls of the head. The esophagus has a large
number of longitudinal folds. The gizzard has powerful teeth,
which from their arrangement and the arrangement of the
muscles in this region, seem to show that they are for grinding
and crushing. The esophageal valve is short and is lined with
four strongly chitinized I'idges which alternate with the caeca.
The metamorphosis of the fore-gut is of a generalized type.
The larval epithelium becomes partly broken down and the
cells destroyed are replaced by the division of rejuvenated larval
cells. The nuclei always divide mitotically and every spindle is
located at the side of a vacuole. The dividing cell migrates
towards the inner surface, though it retains connection with the
basement membrane. The histolysis and histogenesis of the
muscular coats are also generalized processes. The muscles
liipiefy in place. The greater number of the larval nuclei be-
come rejuvenated and around them as centers the new fibrillar
structures are developed.
The role of the leucocytes is a comparatively unimportant
one. They are present throughout pupal life and seem to
engulf small particles of the broken down tissues. They do not
take active part in the destruction of the larval muscles or
epithelium.
The paper is illustrated b.y four plates from very tine photo-
graphs.
JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 61
THE CONTEOL OF MOSQUITOS
Fred Knab, Science, January 24, 1913
There are some points in this short article that should be
very generally known.
The problem of mosquito control is part of the work of
disease prevention, as is well known. There are very few com-
munities now where the relation of these insects to malaria is
not fairly well understood. There are, however, a number of
facts which are new to most of us. The old idea of destroying
the insects was largely leased on experiments with one species.
People must learn that there are numbers of species and some
of these have ditferent habits. It used to be supposed that all
adult females hibernated in cold weather and that the eggs were
deposited and the new generations came on in warmer weather.
This thought has led to a failure in the control in many cases.
Oiling and petralizing in warm weather misses many. Most of
the mosquitos are from larvse developed in early spring snow
water. The best remedy is the removal and the burning in late
autumn of all plant debris and dead leaves from dried out
pools. If they cannot be burned they should be stacked on high
and dry ground. Almost all of the eggs are deposited on dead
leaves and require only a little moisture to develop.
F. R. Cole.
BEITRAG ZUR SYSTEMATIK UND BIOLOGIE DEE
"IXODID^"
DK. H. DE BEAXTBEPATRE AKAGAO
Memorias de Oswaldo Cruz. Eio de Janeiro, Vol. IV, Pt. 1,
1912.
This article deals chiefly with Amhlyomma aganum n. sp., a
species of tick found upon Bufo, boa constrictor, and other cold
blooded animals. The adult measures 5.6 mm. by 3.7 mm. when
in a condition of hunger, and about 17 mm. by 12.6 mm. when
full of blood. The color is dark brown, with three copper-col-
ored spots on the scutum. The larvje and nymphs show a con-
62 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
siderable variation in color due to a difference in nourishment.
Those which suck blood are a blue-gray color, while those which,
due to unfavorable location or overcrowding are forced to live
upon lymph, are of a much lighter color. A complete descrip-
tion of the life history, which covers at least ninety days, is
given, as two generations were reared in the laboratory and
careful observations made. An interesting result of these
observations was the discovery that there were no males among
the several thousand specimens examined. The experiments
are now being continued, with the purpose of studying this
parthenogenesis, and the results will be published later.
Animals bitten by these ticks apparently suffer not only from
loss of blood, but from a toxic substance secreted by the tick,
as the bite of more than ten proves fatal to a toad or of about
one hundred to a boa constrictor IV-j meters long. That death
was not due to a parasite introduced into the animal was shown
by examination of the blood.
Mdhel Gunisey.
ADDITIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF THE ANTS OF
THE GENUS MYRMECOCYSTUS WESMAEL
WILLIAM MORTON WHEELER
Psyche, Dec, 1912.
All the known species and subspecies of the genus are within
the confines of the United States.
M. meUigcr Diiiiiiciis Wheeler is described from several places
including Whittier, Cal. The variety semirufus from Point
Loma. M. nie.vica)ius mojave Wheeler was found in Pasadena
and Claremont. A photograph of a number of this species is
i'ei)i-odu('ed. In Claremont the nests of about twenty were
examined. "The craters of these were found to vary from 4-8
inches in diameter, with a central opening 14 to ^ of an inch
across. They were in dry hard soil, along roads or paths in
situations where there was considerable vegetation, either
cliapai-ral, live-oaks or scrub-oaks. In such localities the ants
JOTTENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 63
l)robal:)Iy obtain their supply of nectar from the galls or from
eoccids and aphids on the oaks or other components of the
chaparral. Mr. Leonard has given more extensive accounts of
their haliits at Point Loma. He foinul tliat they were nocturnal.
They visit aphids on carnations and roses, and the nectaries of
tlie pepi)er tree, rattle-snake weed, honey plant, and CcautliHs
cnneatus of chai)arral.
SOME CHANGES IN THE GENERIC AND SPECIFIC
NAMES OF PLANT LICE
In the paper on California plant lice which appeared in the
last issue of this journal there should be the following changes:
Mouella caUfuniicd for Ciilliptt'iut; calif oniicus, Eichochaito-
jjliunts for EikocJuittopliurus, rufnim for rufu, Fullawaya for
Davidsonia, Mycrclla for Micra, Typha for Typho.
In the December number of the Zoologischer Anzeiger of
11)12, there is a short paper on the family Pantophthalmidae of
the Diptera. There are fifteen text figures and several new
si)ecies described.
In Vol. I of the Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, issued
November 27, 1912, there are a number of important ento-
mological papers. There is an article of 124 pages by A. A.
Girault on Australian Hjanenoptera and three shorter ones by
A\'. J. Rainbow on spiders.
In the Bulletin de la Societe Entomologique de France, No. 1,
1 !)!.'), there is given a list of the members of the society. This
list takes up more than half of this number of the publication
and covers 38 pages.
In the journal "Insecta", published by the entomological
station of the faculty of sciences of Rennes, there is a portrait
of Latreille, who was born in 1762 and died in Paris in 1833.
P>y the writer of the sketch, Latreille is considered to be the
greatest of all entomologists. He it was who first placed insects
in their natural orders and established the principal families.
64 JOURNAL OP ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
L'ALTISE DE LA VIGNE
F. PICAED
Le Progres AgTicole et Vitieole. Vol. XXXIV, Feb., 1913.
The author describes this small leaf beetle {Haltica ampelo-
■plwf/a) which is doing great damage to the grape vines in the
central part of France. The adults appear in early spring and
eat the leaves, which are very tender at this time. The eggs
are laid on the under side of the leaves and the larviB appear in
about ten days and live on the leaves. At the beginning of the
summer they change to nymphs which work in the ground. In
ten days the adults come forth and attack the vines. At the
first cold weather they hide under stumps, vegetable mold, etc.
The multiplication of these insects is held somewhat in check
by their natural enemies, other insects and fungi. The methods
for destroying them are: shaking them into a receptacle, burn-
ing all leaves and rubbish in the winter, and the use of insecti-
cides in the spring before the eggs are laid.
G. Bacon.
In the last number of "Marcellia", Fac. IV, Vol. XI, 19L3,
there are a number of important articles, among them the
following:
The Galls of Africa, by 0. Howard; Galls of Tripoli, by A.
Trotter; Arctic and Eussian Galls, by Toepffer.
AN OEPIIAN COLONY OF POLISTES PALLIPES LEPEL
C. H. TURNER
Psyche, Dec, 1912.
Workers which liad never seen the widow-motlier of the colony
nor associated with any other wasps, performed all the activi-
ties of such wasps except egg-laying and paper-making. The
large larvae after fasting for eight days, feeding on honey only
for the next three days and receiving their normal diet for the
remainder of their larval life, constructed perfect cocoons and
emerged as normal imagoes. The small larvae died.
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 65
After being restricted to a lione}' diet for several daj^s, the
wasps became cannibals.
In a preliminary note by M. J. Ko^enau and C'lias. T. Brnes,
in Psyche for Decemlier, 1912, there is a statement concerning
the transmission of poliomyelitis thrdugli the agency of <S7o-
luoxys calcitraus.
They have apparently transferred the \'irus of poliomyelitis
from monkey to monkey throngh the bite of the stable fly,
Stoinoxys calcitraus. This does not appear to be simply a
mechanical transference, but rather a biological one, requiring
a iieriod of extrinsic incubation in the intermediate host.
NEUE BEITRAGE ZUR KENNTNIS DER TERMITO-
PHILEN UND MYRMECOPHLIEN
E. Wasmann Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. CI Bd., 1 Heft. 1912.
This important pa^jer of Wasmann gives an account of many
new species of Coleoptera which are found as guests in ant
nests. Of the family Staphylinidae there are eight new species
described. The family Pselaphid:e has four described under it.
The family Thorictidse has three. The family Tenebrionidje has
one new species. There is a very full account given of all of these
and others. The author from the light of his stvidies is of the
opinion that the guest habit conhl not have arisen throngh
"natural selection". He thinks that natural selection is not the
chief factor in organic evolution, although it is a factor. He
believes that the guest habit has arised through spontaneous
variation.
DER GESCHLECHTSAPPARAT VON DYTISCU8 MAR-
GIN ALI8 L.
Carl Demandt Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. CIII Bd., 2 Heft. 1912.
This long paper is a detailed description of the sexual organs.
There is an account of the organs in both sexes, including
histological details. There are 128 pages and 74 text figures.
66 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
STUDIES AMONG THE COCCINELLID^, (COL.)
A New Si^ecies
F. W. NUNENMACHER
Piedmont, California
Entomological News, Vol. 24, No. 2, Feb., 1913.
The new species CoccineUa bricbveUi described.
Localitj^ — Tahquitz Valley, San Jacinto Mountains, Califor-
nia. Found by and named after Mr. J. C. Bridwell.
A new entomological magazine has made its appearance,
"Insecutor InscitijE Menstruus. " The editor and publisher is
Harrison C. Dyar of Washington, D. C. The object of this
publication is "to dispel to some degree our general ignorance
of the forms of insect life by descriptions of species and genera,
life-histories, and other pertinent facts." The January and
P"'ebruary numbers have so far been published. They include
short systematic articles, chiefly by Dyar and Frederick Kalb.
G. Bacon.
ON A NEW TERMITOPHILOUS GENUS OF THE FAMILY
HISTEEID^
ERIC INJOEBURG
Ent. Tidsk. Haeft. 1-2, 1912.
This is the first termitophilous beetle from Australia.
The body is short, broad, and shining. The head is not
visible from above. The border of the fossa of the antena is
visible from above and carries a distinct pencil of yellow hairs.
The elytra are of a very peculiar shape, the humeral corner is
strongly produced into a horn which carries at the top a long
pencil of hairs. The lieetle was found in a colony of the termite
Eutermes. The animal was surrounded by workers and sol-
diers. Apparently the hairs in pencils are hollow and secrete a
semi-fluid substance. The termites gathered about these, suck-
ing or eating the secretion.
There are three line cuts and one fine plate.
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 67
NEW NORTH AMERICAN TACHINID^ (DIPT.)
W. R. WALTON
Bureau of Entoinol(),i;y, Wasliin,£>ton, D. C.
Entomological News, Vol. 24, No. 2, Feb., 1913.
Two new species are described.
The first form described, Eutrixoides jonesii, "adds a new
genus and species to the small aggregation of Museoids known
to be parasitic on beetles of the genus Lachnosterna." Habitat
Anasco, Porto Rico, and collected l)y Mr. T. H. Jones, in honor
of whom the species is named.
The second form is Chaetophleps crassinervis, described by
Mr. Walton. Type — A female collected by the author at
Hyattsville, Maryland.
R. E. Gardner
News Notes
FORDYCE GRINNELL, JK.
"Nature is ever niakin!>- signs to ns, slie is ever whispering to
us the beginnings of her secrets; the scientific man must be
ever on the watch, ready at once to lay hold of Nature's hint
however small, to listen to her whisper however low."
— Michael Foster.
Mr. E. P. VanDuzee, the hemipterist, formerly of Buffalo,
N. Y., has come to Southern California to live, probably at San
Diego, and is bringing his large and important collection and
library with him. lie visited in Pasadena in December.
Plans are being prepared for a building for the Southern
California Academy of Sciences in Los Angeles. The building
to consist of a lecture auditorium, general exhibition floors, a
library and special collection rooms.
Professor J. M. Aldrieli, of the University of Idaho, is study-
ing the fruit flies (Trypetida?) of the world, and expects to be
engaged in studying this interesting group of insects for
several years.
Mr. W. M. Mann, well known to many C'alifornian collectors,
now of the Bussey Institution of Harvard, has been collecting
for several luonllis in the island of Haiti.
The January number of the Bulletin of the Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences contains an article on the oil fly
l)y C. (). Estevly, giving additional notes and criticisms to those
published by Crawford in this journal.
Dr. Wm. E. Ritter, director of the Scripps Institution for
Biological Research at La Jolla, recently addressed the bio-
logical section of the Southern California Academy of Sciences
in Ijos Angeles on "The Pelagic Organisms Off the Coast of
Southern California."
Mr. F. W. Bryant, a well-known student and collector of
sliells in San Diego, died recently in the Hawaiian Islands.
The County Museum Building in Exposition Park, Los An-
geles, has been opened to the public. The skeletons of extinct
mammals from La P>rea Rancho are of special interest.
Pomona College
Located in one of the most healthful and beautiful parts of
the west coast. The mountains reach an elevation of ten thou-
sand feet within a few miles from the college and these with the
nearby ocean afford many special advantages for the study of
things not in books. The college is a small one of the New
England tyi^e with high standards of scholarship. A large
proportion of the graduates go on with advanced work in the
large universities. There are four-year courses leading to the
B. A. and B. S. degrees. In addition, well-manned departments
of music and art afford exceptional advantages.
For further information, address
Secketaey of Pomona College
Claremont, California
VOLUME FIVE NUMBER TWO
JOURNAL
OF
ENTOMOLOGY
AND
ZOOLOGY
JUNE, 1913
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY
POMONA COLLEGE DEPARTMENT 0/ ZOOLOGY
CLAREMONT, CALIFORNIA, U. S. A.
CONTENTS
^ A Study op Some Specific Characters op the Genus Pseudococ-
cus— P. E. Smith 69
* The Yerba Santa Mealy Bug — E. 0. Essig - - - 85
The Circulatory System op Laila Cockerelli — Mabel Guernsey - 88
V Nerve Cells OP Tarantula — William A. Hilton ... 93
I New Calipornian Microlepidoptera — August Busck - ■ - 96
s Some New Genera and Species op Chalcidoid Hymenoptera op
THE Family Eulophide From Australia — A. A. Girault - 103
• A Species op Collembola Found With Termites — Gertrude Bacon, 113
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important Litera-
ture ...-.-.-- 114
News Notes — Fordyce GrinnpJl, Jr - - - - - 121
Entered at Claremont. Cal., Post-OfBce Oct. 1, 1910. as second-class matter, under Act of Congress of
March 9. 1879
Journal of Entomology and Zoology
EDITED BY POMONA COLLEGE, DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
Subscription $1.00 to domestic, $1.25 to foreign countries.
This journal is especially offered in exchange for zoological
and entomological journals, proceedings, transactions, reports
of societies, museums, laboratories and expeditions.
The pages of the journal are especially open to western ento-
mologists and zoologists. Notes and papers relating to western
and Californian forms and conditions are particularly desired,
but short morphological, systematic or economic studies from
any locality will be considered for publication.
Manuscripts submitted should be t^qaewritten on one side of
paper about 8 by 11 inches. Foot notes, tables, explanations of
figures, etc., should be written on separate sheets. Foot notes
and figures should lie numbered consecutively throiaghont. The
desired position of foot notes and figures should be clearly
indicated in the manuscript.
Figures should be drawn so that they may be reproduced as
line cuts so far as possible. An unusually large nimiber of half
tones must be paid for in part by the author. Other more
expensive illustrations will be furnished at cost. Figures for
cuts should be made to conform to the size of the page when
reduced, that is, 5 by 71/2 inches or less. The lettering should
be by means of jirinted numbers and letters pasted on the
drawings, in most cases.
Authors of articles longer than a thousand words will receive
fifty reprints of their publications free of cost. If more than
this are desired, the order should be given with the return of
the proof sheets. Extra coi)ies and special covers or special
paper will be furnished at cost. Authors of short contributions
will receive a few extra copies of the number containing their
articles.
Manuscripts should be sent by express or registered mail.
Address all communications to
The Journai^ of Entomology and Zoology
William A. Hilton, Editor
Claremont, California, U. S. A.
A Study of Some Specific Characters of the
Genus Pseudococcus
p. B. SMITH
ENTOMOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY
The first part of this study was published in September,
1911.* In that paper an examination was made of the charac-
ters commonly used in descriptions of species of this genus.
This paper is a continuation of the preceding study and in it
new characters or characters not commonly used in systematic
work are examined. Five species, namely, agrifoliae Essig,
crawii Coq., obscurus Essig, citri Risso, and loiigispinus Targ.
are considered. Adult specimens have been used throughout.
As a considerable number of specimens of each species were
available the study has been comparative.
The work was carried out under the direction of Prof. Alex.
D. MacGillivray and the writer wishes to again express his
appreciation for the invaluable aid received.
Following is a discussion of the various characters for each
species.
ANAL RING— (Figs. 1-5)
So far as known to the writer a study of the anal ring has
not been made nor has it been figured in any detail. In
ordinary mounts the complete anal ring very seldom shows
with any clearness because the entire ring or parts of it at
least are at an angle to the slide. The ring must lie flat and
parallel to the slide to get the correct relations of the parts. To
accomplish this the specimens were carried through the clearing
stage in the usual way. Then under the dissecting niieroseope
the anal ring and lobes were dissected out and mounted. In this
way flat mounts were secured from which camera lucida draw-
ings could be made.
The anal ring consists of two unclosed concentric circles of wax
pores, between which are three pairs of stout setae. Within this,
"Ann. Entom. Soc. Am. Vol. IV, Xo. 3, pp. 309-3;7.
70 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
nearer the caudal* end than the cejihalic end of the ring, is the
anal aperture. The inner circle of pores is closed at the
forward end and bulges out between the two anterior setae
forming a marked concavity. Posterior to the caudal pair of
setse the inner circle of pores continues on each side for about
one-third of the arc of the circle bounded by these two setae.
The pores of this circle are irregular in shape and size and are
large. Near or between the caudal and median seta? there are
usually one or more elongate pores which project in in a
striking manner from the circle and which have been given
the name of denticulate pores. These denticulate pores may or
may not indent the membrane of the orifice. Outside of this
inner circle of pores and only very slightly separated from
them are the six setfe of the anal ring. Outside these setae and
separated by a very narrow margin is the second circle of wax
pores or the outer circle of pores. These may be limited
cephalad and caudad by the anterior and posterior pairs of
setae or may extend a very short distance beyond them. These
pores have a different appearance from the inner circle. They
are more regiilar in shape and arrangement and smaller in size
than are the pores of the inner circle. Also they usually have
the peculiar apjiearance of having a light or dark spot in them
which undoubtedly is due to refraction.
This in general is a generic description of the anal ring of
Pseudococcus. The following is a discussion of the si^eeific
variations of this ring.
Longispinus Targ. — (Fig. 5). The caudal pair of setie is
nearer the median pair than is the cei^halic pair. The outer
circle of pores is limited by the caudal and cephalic pairs of
setae and is a single row for its entire length. Projecting from
the inner circle of pores at the caudal setee are two prominent
denticulate pores which indent the membrane of the anal orifice.
*The terminology of cephalic and caudal for the ends of the ring is largely one
of convenience. The ring is usually on the apex of the abdomen and so the ends
would really be dorsal and ventral. However, in the majority of Coccidae the anal
ring is dorsal. According to this terminology the anal ring is assumed to be dorsal
also. Thus the closed end of the ring which is usually dorsad of the open end is
here spoken of as the cephalic end of the ring.
JOURNAI^ OF ENTOMOLOGY AKD ZOOLOGY 71
This circle continues in an irregular single row eaudad of the
caudal setfe for the usual distance as mentioned in the general
description. The anterior concavity of circle is very marked,
the posterior lips being prominent. The concavity is formed by
a single row of pores for the entire distance.
Citri Risso — (Fig. 4). The cephalic, median, and caudal pairs
of setfe are equidistant from each other. The outer circle is
limited cephalad by the anterior pair of setae. C'audad of each
posterior setae is a single pore belonging to the outer circle of
pores. Between the caudal and median setae this row is irreg-
ularly double for some distance. The anterior concavity of the
circle is not so marked as in the preceding species. The anal
orifice is narrower but of the same length as in the preceding
species.
Craicii Coq. — (Fig. 3). The relative distance of the pairs of
setse from each other was apparently not constant. Good
mounts of this species were difficult to make because of the
prominence of the anal lobes. The outer circle is single for the
entire distance. In the inner circle the arrangement of the
denticulate pores varies slightly. This circle continues eaudad
of the posterior setfe, in a regular single row for the usual dis-
tance. The anterior concavity is not so marked as in either of the
preceding species.
Ohscunts Essig — (Fig. 2). The caudal pair of setfe are
nearer the median pair than is the cephalic pair. The outer circle
of pores is single and is limited by the caudal and cephalic setfe.
It is single for the entire distance except for a single pore just
eaudad of the median sets. In the inner circle at the caudal setae
there are several denticulate pores, the cephalic one indenting
the membrane of the orifice. Caudad of the posterior sets the
circle extends in an irregular double row for the usual distance.
The anterior concavity is not marked, the concavity being par-
tially filled by pores which form an irregular double row between
the cephalic sets.
Agrifoliae Essig— (Fig. 1). The anal ring is considerably
larger than those of the preceding species. The cephalic pair
72 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
of setae is nearer the median pair than is the caudal pair. The
outer circle of pores is limited anteriorly by the cephalic setae.
This row extends several pores caudad of the posterior setae.
The row is double between the median and caudal setae for most
of the distance. In the inner circle the number of denticulate
pores is irregular. One denticulate pore on each side indents
the membrane of the orifice at the caudal setae. Posteriorly
from the caudad setae the circle continues as a single or double
row of pores. The anterior concavity is broad and marked and
is composed of a single row of cells.
In the above description the close adherence to the generic
type of the ring is noticeable. The specific variation is small,
but remarkably constant for the several specimens of each
species examined. It is doubtful, however, whether the anal
ring will be useful in specific determinations because of the
difficulty of making satisfactory mounts. Its usefulness as a
generic character appears to be very striking, as it differs
greatly from the anal ring of other genera as Orthezia, Ripersia
and Pluto.
POSTANAL SET.E— (Figs. 1-5)
Ventrad of the anal ring and at varying specific distances
from it are two pair of setae. These setae have in each case
been compared in a number of specimens and their size and
arrangement is apparently subject to little variation. Follow-
ing is a discussion of these setae.
Longispinus Targ. — (Fig. 5). The cephalic pair* of setae is
separated by a space equal to the diameter of a seta of the anal
ring from the caudal horns of the inner circle of wax pores.
The setae of this pair are separated by the width of the orifice.
The posterior pair of setae are separated from the anterior pair
by a distance equaling three-fourths the distance of the anterior
pair of setjp from the caudal pair of anal setae. The sets of
the posterior pair are slightly nearer together than are the
setae of the anterior pair. Lines drawn longitudinally through
*For convenience in the discussion the pair of setae nearest the anal ring is called
the cephalic pair of seta", tlie other pair then would he the caudal pair of setae.
JOURNAIi OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 73
the right and left seta? of each pair would form an elongated
inverted "Y".
Citri Risso — (Fig. 4). The cephalic pair of setae are separ-
ated by a space equal to half their distance apart from the
caudal pair of anal setae. They are from twice to nearly sub-
equal the size of the setae of the posterior pair. The caudal
pair of seta? are seiiarate from the cephalic pair liy a distance
equalling three-fourths of the distance of the cephalic pair from
the caudal pair of anal ring setae. The setae of the caudal pair
are considerably farther apart than the setae of the anterior
pair. Lines drawn longitudinally through the corresponding
right and left setae of each pair would form a normal inverted
"V".
Cratvii Coq. — (Fig. 3). The cephalic pair of setae are separ-
ated from the caudal pair of anal setfe by a space equalling
two-thirds their distance apart. The caudal pair of setae are
separated from the cephalic pair of seta? by a space equalling
three-fourths the distance of the cephalic pair from the caudal
pair of anal ring setfp. The setfe of the caudal pair are slightly
nearer together than the setae of the anterior pair. Lines
drawn longitudinally through the corresponding right and left
setae of each ijair would be parallel. The setae of each pair
are robust.
Ohscurus Essig — (Fig. '!). The cephalic pair of setae are
distant from the caudal pair of anal setae by a space equalling
two-thirds their distance apart. The set* of the cephalic pair
are separated from each other by a space equal to the distance
apart of the caudal setae of the anal ring less the width of the
base of one anal ring setae. The caudal pair of setae are separ-
ated from the cephalic pair of setae by a space equalling one-
half the distance of the cephalic pair from the caudal pair of
the anal ring setae. They are smaller than the setae of the
cephalic pair. Lines drawn longitudinally through the corre-
sponding right and left setae of each pair form a normal "Y".
Agrifoliae Essig — (Fig. 1). The setae of the cephalic pair
are separated from each other by a space equal to the distance
74 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
between the cephalic setae of the anal ring. The caudal pair
of sets are separated from the cephalic pair liy a space equal
to one-half the distance between the caudal pair of setae. The
setae of the caudal pair are slightly farther apart than are the
setae of the cephalic pair. Lines drawn longitudinally through
the corresponding right and left setae of each pair would form
a much elongated inverted "V".
These setae are believed to be good specific characters. How-
ever, their usefialness as specific characters will j^robably be
v^ery limited liecause of the difficulty of making mounts which
will show them in their proper relations.
CER ART— (Figs. 6-17)
The term cerari is synonymous with filuri (Berlese). A
cerari is composed of one or more conical setae surrounded by
a group of wax pores. A conical seta, figs. 6-7, is easily dis-
tingaiished from the ordinary setae covering the body. They
are broader across the base and distinctly cone-shaped. Dif-
ferent proportioned conical setae are found in different species,
the relation of the width of the base to the length being a
specific variation. The wax pores of the cerari are of the
usual triangular type covering the body. The cerari occur
slightly dorsad of the margin of the body. There are seventeen
pairs in each of the species studied. The number of cerari for
each body segment was studied, but no definite conclusions
reached. Berlese in his study of lo)igispinus Targ. assigns five
cerari to the head, one to the prothorax, two to the mesothorax,
two to the metathorax and one each for the seven abdominal seg-
ments. To solve definitely this problem the segmentation will
have to be followed from the first nymphal stage.
The number of conical setae and the grouping and number of
the wax i^ores is a fairly constant specific character. There is a
marked specific variation which, however, is well within the
limits of the generic variation.
So far as known to the writer, the cerari have never been used
in taxonomy or mentioned in descriptions of species of the sub-
family Eriococcinae. The following is a description of the cerari
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
75
Cf^ax,^
;
^-
3
1*
5"
_^
?
r
<f
;»
//
/*
/J
/^
/J
/*
/^
z
>-
1.
1^
2.
2^
z.
2^
Z.
2^
1.
7^
■z-
z.
•z-
z-
1-
1"
1-
->-
1-
lT
J-
1.
%-
i-
z.
z-
2-
»-
■z-
2-
■z-
t-
■L-
■3-
•z-
■Z-
az
9^
1-
•2,
•3^
-z-
4-
•>-
■l-
v-
1—
1^
-1-
2-
»—
»-
L£
2-
2^
7^
3^
■Z-
Z-
3-
^
>-
Z-
7 -
2~
2-
t/
It
1-
0--
1-
t
Z-
■L-
Z.
a-
1-
£Z
J-
■I'
Z-
z.
■>--
z-
z.
z.
z-
%■
Z.
z-
«^//
■it
1.
1-
a-
•z-
J'
^-
Z-
z-
Z-
Z-'
>-
Z-
z-
i-
.zzzr
ft
>-
»-
*-
*
2-
2-
Z-
>-
z.
Z-
z-
z.
>-
Z-
z-
*-
Z^r
>-
3-
2-
■>■
z-
z-
z-
1-
2-
2^
z.
L-
JJ-
J-
I-
2-
■z-
2-
1-
-V-
z--
2-
Z.
Z'
z-
Table I. P. cilri Risso. Number of conical setae in each cerari.
76
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Cexo. V i'
1
/
i-
3
H
J~
L
;
sr
9
/C3
//
/i-
/i
/f-
/J- /6
//
-L
tf-r
i
i
1.
i
1-
2-
>
2-
1^
I'
2^
2-
>-
2-
H
3
J-
V
2-
3
1-
J-
2-
1^
2-
2-
2-
Q-
nr
3
3
•2-
3
2.
»-
3-
2-
2-
2-
2-
2-
%■
2'
2-
2-
I-
■2-
ry-
1
J
2-
3
2.
2-
2-
2-
2-
2-
1-
2.
2-
a-
r
yT
i
3
V
H
i-
>-
3
2-
1-
2^
2-
2^
2-
2^
a-'
»-
2^
2.
2^
2.
2-
ZL
vr
i
3
?
)-
3-
J
3
2-
O-
S^
>-
2-
2-
2^
2^
1-
2-
2-
■2-
2-
m
Iff
3
3
2-
1-
J
i
X-
X-
■2-
7-
2-
2-
2-
2-
2-
2.
t
C
2-
2.
2.
2-
m
yr
Iff
3
3
3
7-
■J-
i
3
1-
2-
2.
2-
2-
2^
2.
2-
2-
2-
2^
.2,
IX
J
3
V
7-
3
z-
i-
2-
■2--
2-
•2-
X-
1-
2--
2.
2-
2-
2-
2-
2.
1-
X
vr
3
3
J
3
3^
?-
*-
3
i-
2^
2^
2.
2,
2>-
Table II. P. obscurus Essig. Number of conical setae in each cerari.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 77
of each of the five species studied. The cerari are numbered from
the liead caudad. The measurements given do not include the
base of the conical setae. The diameter being taken just above
the collar-like base and the length being taken from the base to
the apex of the setae.
Citri Eisso— (Figs. 10-11, Table I). An examination of Table
I shows that the number of conical setae is two for each cerari
and that this number is constant in all the specimens tabulated.
Fig. 10 shows a camera lucida drawing of the first cerari. It
will be seen from this figure that the number of wax pores
is very few compared to the head cerari of some of the other
species. This small number of wax pores is a constant specific
character. In a large number of species examined the arrange-
ment of the wax pores and setae varies but slightly from the
figure. Cerari 2-16 resemble very closely this figure. The
conical sette of the first cerari are 17-19 microns long and 4.2-4.8
microns in diameter. Fig. II shows the anal cerari. The bases
of the conical setae are one-third larger than those of the head
cerari. There are but few pores as in the first cerari. The
two conical seta^ of each cerari are subequal in size. Two
smaller setae are seen near the cerari. The conical setae of the
anal lobes are 21-24 microns long and 5-6 microns in diameter.
Ohscurns Essig — (Figs. 14-15, Table II). Fig. 14 shows the
first cerari of this species. The conical setae are slightly larger
than those of the preceding species. The wax pores are ar-
ranged thickly. There are three conical setae in this cerari, a
constant character. The number of conical setae in the second
cerari varies from two to four ; four is the usual number. The
fourth and fifth cerari each have two conical setae. The sixth
cerari has three conical setae. The cerari caudad of the sixth
each have two conical setae. The conical seta? of the first cerari
are 9-10 microns long and 3.5-4.2 microns broad.
Fig. 15 shows the cerari of the anal lobes. The large number
of wax pores is noticeable. The caudal conical setae of the cerari
is noticably larger than the cephalic one. The length of the
conical setae varies from 28-32 microns and the diameter 8-10
microns.
78 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Agrifoliae Essig — (Figs. 8-9, Table III). Fig. 9 sliows the
first cerari. The diameters of the bases of the conical setae
are subequal to those of the preceding species. The number
of wax pores is very much less than in the preceding species,
approaching the condition found in citri Risso. There are
three conical setae in this cerari. Three ordinary setae are also
seen in the cerari. There are two to four conical setae in the sec-
ond cerari ; two to three in the third cerari, usually three ; two to
three in the fourth and fifth cerari, usually two ; caudad of the
sixth each cerari has two conical setff. The conical setae of the
first cerari are 14-1(5 microns long and 4-5 microns broad.
Fig. 8 shows a cerari of the anal lobe. The bases of the conical
setae are the largest of any species studied. The posterior conical
seta is noticeably larger than the anterior. The number of wax
pores is about the same as in obscuriis Essig, but they are much
less crowded together and cover a larger space. Eight ordinary
setae are seen near the cerari. The anterior conical seta is 27-29
microns long and 9-10 microns in diameter. The posterior
conical seta is 30-32 microns long and 11-12 microns in diameter.
Longispiiius Targ. — (Figs. 6, 16, 17, Table IV). Fig. 16 shows
the first cerari of this species. The size of the bases of the
conical setae is two-thirds that of citri Risso. There are usually
three conical setae in this cerari, very seldom four. There
are many wax pores and these are crowded together. Four
ordinary setae are seen in the cerari. The second cerari has 3-4
conical set^, usually four; the third cerari has two conical setae;
the sixth has three conical setae; the cerari caudad of this have
two conical seta?. The conical setae of the first cerari are 2.6-3.5
microns in diameter and 11-12 microns long.
Fig. 17 shows a cerari of the anal lobes. The conical setae are
subequal in size to those of obscurus Essig. The posterior coni-
cal seta is strikingly larger than the anterior one. The wax
pores are many and crowded together. Four ordinary setae are
seen near or in the cerari. The anterior conical seta is 22-25
microns long and 8-9 microns in diameter. The posterior one is
27-30 microns long and 10-11 microns in diameter.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
79
C«-«AV('
/
>
^
f
J~
<l
?
5
?
/o
//
^*'
;j
'Y
/i'
/t
Zi
1
3
1-
>-
>-
»^
3
a-
3^
I'
>-
J'
>-
>-
%■
n
rr
J
r
•v
1^
J-
i
*-
1-
I—
J-
x-
2-
1-
1--
m
»r
3
3
1
3
J
^
3
r
3
t
«-
V
)-
l-
t-
I-
2-
1^
XF
3
J
t
3
3
3
3
3
3
1-
1-
J_
a—
2-
4-
T
3
3
i
3
i
V
V
3
i-
3-
3
1-
2-
t--
2.
1^
1-
Yl
vr
3
3
3
3
3
>
2^
3
3-
3-
1^
1--
2-
2-
J-
Table III. P. (ijn/oKffi Essig. Number of conical setas in each cerari.
Ceyax/
/
X
.?
>!r
<<-
L
y
sr
9
fo
/'
/l
fd
/y
/i"
/«
/>
3
3
5-
3
f
J-
2-
2-
2,
2-
2^
2-
2-
2^
2.
2-
2-
2-
a-
2-
D
rr
3
3
3
3
2-
2.
I-
2-
2-
I'
2-
I'
2-
2-
nj
i
3
V
3
3
■2-
2-
2-
2-
1-
2-
1^
•i-
»-
2-
<-
2.-
2—
IF
3
3
4^
3
3
3-
■2-
1-
2-
2^
a.-
1-
l-
^
1^
2-
X^
X
3
J
3
3
3
2-
7_
I.
2-
■2-
2-
1^
2^
2-
1,
2-
2-
TZJ
3
3
H
»-
1^
3
J
>-
2-
2-
2-
*-
2-
1-
•2-
t
2-
2-
t
Z-
tar
tT
If*
3
3
3
7-
3
3
2-
1-
■L-
2-
L.
2.
e-
z-
2-
2-
szxu-
If
•3
If
V
V
7-
J
J
t-
»-
t-
2^
X-
2-
■2^
1^
t.
2-
TT
4
3
J
J-
V
1--
3
-1-
>-
*-
2-
2.
3-
2-
2-
2-
7--
2.
2-
2-
I-
2^
2-
-X.
rr
1
3
T
tf
7
>-
I-
2-
»-
2-
2^
J'
1^
2-
2-
*-•
Table IV. P. \ong\sp\nus Targ. Number of conical seta" :
80 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Crawii Coq.— (Pigs. 7, 12, 13, Table V). Fig. 12 .shows the
first cerari. The wax pores are few and scattered. The
niiral)er of conical setae varies from four to seven, usually more
than four; the second and third cerari have 4-8 conical setae,
usually more than four ; the fourth cerari has 5-8 conical setae ;
the sixth cerari has 5-7 conical setfe; the seventh cerari 4-7
conical sette; the eighth cerari has 1-4 conical setse, usually 2-3.
The cerari caudad of the eighth and to the seventeenth usually
have 7-8 conical setae. The anal cerari has from 11-19 conical
setae, usually 13-15.
Fig. 13 shows an anal cerari. The bases of the conical setae are
seen to be but little larger than in the first cerari. The number
of wax pores is large, but the arrangement is scattering. The
space covered by the cerari is much greater than in any other
species studied, usually covering most of the dorsum of the anal
lobe. Five robust ordinary setae of the first cerari are 4-5
microns in diameter and 23-25 microns long. The conical setae
of the anal cerari are 5-6 microns in diameter and 28-30 microns
long. The most striking character of this species is the large
number of conical setae in the cerari.
The above discussion shows that the cerari as specific charac-
ters are very promising. The conical setae are easily seen and
counted in ordinary mounts. When the seta is broken off the
base can easily be distinguished. The groujiing of the wax pores
is a distinctive specific character. It is believed that the charac-
ter of the cerari will be very useful in the formation of analytical
tables and the identification of .species.
Berkeley, California, March, 1913.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
81
r =
/
i
3
0-
d'
^
7
S
^
/<>
//
/>-
/3
>'y
/a'
fb
//
£/i«citntr>
1
s-
7
i-
i
7
X
?
3
3L
i-
3
^
6
b
7
?
7
/?
/r
JT
It
7
i-
%
3
6
5-
r
6
X
6
6
4-
IT
r
i-
7
r
6
7
T7T
It
i
7
t
I,
3
3
6-
i-
s-
H-
7
C
7
u
'*
JX
rT
6
3
g
>
7
s
3
6
J^
i-
i-
3-
4"
5^
7
6
7
6
n
]^r
C
?
3
3
8
i-
3
i-
X
4'
5-
6-
7
7
7
13
Vl
J"
s
b
X
3
/
i-
6
t
J-
7
»-
4'
4
y
7
8-
/?
/3
mr
4^
6"
6
t
i
>
7
y
♦
4-
r
6
c
I.
"t
/s-
YJH
6
T
>
X
U
6
9
b
6-
I
6
3-
i
7
7
IX
/3
XL
7
7
6
>
7
1
J-
3
1
7
^
J-
>
7
7
'r
K.
6.
3
>
>
1-
3
6
6-
3
3
J"
7
&
4
7
7
>
> 1
Table V. P. crawii Coq. Number of conical set* in each cerari
A
6
<<3
i>
•—CO. p.s
•- C. p. 3,
C7 C-- W.P.
o V
s.c. ,
t7
8
10
^#
<poi^
13
^|> <3 t> A A <^
V A*
14
16
11
<3# C>
.*7
12
15
^'^-^vt^'
^t^""
17
84 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES
ABBREVIATIONS
a.o. — Anal orifice,
ce.p.s. — Cephalic pair of postanal setae,
ce.s. — Cephalic pair of anal seta?,
e.p.s. — Caudal pair of anal seta;,
d.p. — Denticulate wax pore,
m.s. — iliddle pair of anal setse.
s. — Ordinary seta?,
s.c. — 8et:v of conical type,
w.p. — Triangular type of wax pore.
All figures are drawn with a camera lucida, x660.
Figure 1. The anal ring of P. a</rif<jliae Essig. In this and the sueceeding figures
of anal rings the cephalic end of the ring faces the top of the page.
Figure -2. Anal ring of P. obscurus Essig.
Figure 3. Anal ring of P. rrawii Coq.
Figure 4. Anal ring of P. citri Risso.
Figure 5. Anal ring of P. lovi/isi)iinis Targ.
Figure 6. Lateral view of the posterior conical seta of an anal cerari of P.
lonnispintis.
Figure 7. Lateral view of conical seta of an anal cerari of P. crawii.
Figure 8. Surface view of an anal cerari of P. lu/rifoliae.
Figure 9. Head or first cerari of P. agrifoUae.
Figure 10. First or head cerari of P. citri.
Figure 11. Anal cerari of P. citri.
Figure IJ. Head cerari of P. crawii.
Figure 13. Anal cerari of P. crawii.
Figure 14. Head cerari of P. obscunm.
Figure 1.5. Anal cerari of P. obsruni.i.
Figure 16. Head cerari of P. loni/ispinus.
Figure 17. Anal cerari of P. loitfii-ipiiius.
The Yerba Santa Mealy Bug
(Pseudococcus yerba-santae n sp.)
E. O. ESSIG
SECRETARY STATE HORTICULTURAL COMMISSION, SACRAMENTO, C AL.
FEMALES
General Appeal (nice. — (Fig. 1) The general outward ap-
pearance, including size, shape, color and vestiture, furnishes
the only reliable data for the recognition and description of
mealy bugs. The species under discussion does not differ from
the other known s]iecies to a great degree, but enough so to war-
rant its being considered new to science. The size is average.
Figure 1. The yerba santa mealy bug {Pseudororais i/frha sanUe n sp.) Slightly
enlarged. (Original.)
being from 1.8 mm. to 2.2 mm. in length and nearly half as wide.
The shape is oval oblong, being slightly narrower than the typical
mealy bugs. The body color is light or pinkish. The contents of
the bodies are easily removed by boiling in KOH, the skin be-
coming colorless and transparent — the legs and antennas remain-
ing amber. The white waxy covering is just thick enough to hide
the body color and appears velvety. The segmentation of the
body is usually plainly visible. The wax filaments around the
86
.JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
A
Figure 2
JOTENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 87
edges are very short — those behind being longest, but even these
are scarcely noticea])le.
The eggs are yellow and laid in small egg-sacs which envelope
the female bodies.
Body Characters. — Antennae. — (Fig. 2, B) The antennae are
normally eight-segmented with little variation to the lengths of
the respective articles. The formula, beginning with the longest
article, is 8, 3 (2, 5), 7, 6, 3, 1. 1 is often slightly longer than 3 or
6 and 6 longer than 3. To the mind of the writer little can be
relied upon the antennal segmentation as a means of classifica-
tion, excepting in a few instances. They are light lirown in color.
Legs. — The legs are well developed with the hind jjair consider-
ably larger than the first two. They are slightly hairy and light
brown. The coxte (Fig. 2, A) are large — being twice as long as
the trochanters. The femora do not attain the greatest width of
the coxa? and are slightly shorter than the til)ije. The tarsi are
about one-third as long as the tibiae. The claws are well devel-
oped. Spines. — Fig. 2, C and D) The spines of the anal lobes
are nearly twice as long as the circumanal spines.
Host Plant. — This species feeds upon the foliage of the Yerba
Santa or Mountain Balm {Eriodictijoi/ californicuni (H. & A.)) ;
many of the plants were completely covered with the young and
adult females and the egg-sacs. No adult males or their cocoons
were collected.
Locality. — Though the Yerba Santa is exceedingly common
throughout the southern part of the state, this mealy bug has
been found to infest it only in the Sespe Canyon, Ventura County,
California. In this locality the infestation is general and often
severe.
Natural Enemies. — Two dipterous insects play a very import-
ant role in reducing the numbers of this mealy bug. The larva
of the syrphid fly (Bacclia lemur 0. S.) preys upon the eggs and
young, and the sirall internal parasite (Leucopis hella Loew.)
works upon the half -grown and adult females.
Date of Collection. — This species was collected May 11, 1911.
My brother, S. H. Essig, shares in its discovery.
The Circulatory System of Laila Cockerelli
MABEL GUERNSEY
Laila cockerelli is the single species of a genus of Dorididse
described by MacFarland in 1905. Since it is very abundant at
Laguna Beach, I undertook a study of the anatomy, of which this
paper, on the circulatory system, is a part. Most of the speci-
mens with which I worked were fixed with chrome-acetic acid for
sectioning, as the small size of the animal, the length of which
ranged from 10 to 15 mm., made dissection uusatisfactorj'.
The only i)art of the circulatory system which it was con-
venient to dissect was the heart. This is situated close beneath
the upper body wall, just anterior to the branchiae, and in the
living animal its pulsations may sometimes be seen through the
skin. The heart consists of an oval or nearly circular, flatfish
ventricle and a very large, thin-walled auricle, both enclosed in
a delicate pericardium. The ventricle contains many interlacing
muscle-fibres, which form a network between the walls, so that
the contracted ventricle appears as a thick mass of muscle-fibres.
Between the auricle and ventricle, circularly placed mi;scle-fibres
form a valve. The walls of the auricle are extremely thin, con-
sisting of a delicate sheet of connective tissue, strengthened by a
very few bands of muscle-fibres. The enclosing pericardium is
thin, but thicker than the wall of the auricle, and contains numer-
ous nuclei.
Since dissection or injection was very difficult, the course of
the circulation was determined by making a graphic reconstruc-
tion from serial sections. The drawing was from a reduction of
this reconstruction. The reconstruction of the arterial circula-
tion was made from a smaller animal than that of the venous
circulation, and is consequently drawn to a different scale. This
was done because the arterial system was imperfectly preserved
in the specimen that showed the venous system to best advantage.
No attempt was made to reconstruct the pedal sinuses, which are
a complex, interlacing mass, reminding one of the interstices of
a sponge. The artei-ial circulation was especially difficult to
JOTJKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 89
make out, owing to the extreme thinness of the walls of the
arteries, which were usually collapsed, misplaced, or torn in
places, so as to make their identification difficult. Consequently,
only the main hrauches of the arterial circulation are shown in
the drawing.
The aorta leaves the ventricle at its anterior end, on the lower
side. Almost immediately it divides into two parts, the posterior
and anterior aortae. The posterior aorta runs back over the liver,
dividing very soon into two ]iarts, which branch and rebranch,
the branches soon becoming indistinguishable from clefts be-
tween the liver lobes. The anterior aorta runs forward below
the upper body-wall and passes through the blood gland, which
spreads in a flat, thin sheet above and posterior to the buccal
mass. It is divided into a right and left portion and these are
subdivided into numerous lobes. The substance of the gland is
somewhat similar in its appearance to the pulp of lymph glands
in vertebrates, as it consists of a mass of cells, among which are
a few interlacing fibres. It communicates with the aorta by
several branches. The aorta now divides into three parts. The
first, the genital artery, runs down to the reproductive organs,
where it opens into a network of sinuses; the second (N) runs
through the blood gland and along the upper surface of the
capsule surrounding the central ganglia; the third branch, or
aorta proper, goes down on the right side of the buccal mass,
curves under it, and gives off a large buccal artery, which sends
two branches to the sinuses in the buccal mass. The remainder
of the aorta enters the foot muscles as the pedal artery (Q),
which can be traced forwards for some distance, l)ut which I have
been unable to trace backwards, although it probably has branch-
es which run backwards. In any case, the l)lood would be carried
back by the sinuses of the foot.
The venous blood, with the exception of that coming from the
posterior aorta, circulates through an elaborate system of irreg-
ular, intercommunicating sinuses, chiefly in the foot and sides,
which communicate with the main body cavity and the great
lateral sinus. This lateral sinus forms a ring around the body
at the level of the origin of the papillae, to which it gives branches.
90
JOUBNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
I'igure I. Heart and venous system, XJi. A, visceral vein; B, afferent; C, efferent
branchial vein; D, communication between branchiae and auricle;
E, aorta ; F, rhinoiihore vein ; G, cominunication between liody cavity
and lateral sinus; H, direct communication with pedal sinuses.
lifiure il. Arterial system, X44. J, posterior; K, anterior branch of aorta; L,
artery to re]>ri)ductive orfiaiis; M, artery from blond gland to aorta;
N, artery to ganglia; O, P, buccal arteries; Q, pedal artery.
JOXJENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 91
It communicates with the main body cavity at a point on either
side just anterior to the rhinopliores (G), and with the pedal
sinus complex at numerous points (H), the main ones being at
the head and tail, and just anterior and posterior to the opening
into the auricle. It also gives off many short and long branches,
above and below, as well as branches to the papillae.
The aeration of this blood is undoubtedly accomplished
through the skin of the back and sides, to which branches of the
sinuses are closely applied and through the pajnllse, which seem
especially adapted for this purpose. The sinuses in the papillae
are much dilated at the ends, and communicate by many fine
branches with the spongy network of which the substance of the
papilla? is composed, so that the blood is brought in close contact
with the epithelium covering the surface. Also, when the animal
is alive, the papillae are in constant slow motion, which would
facilitate aeration of the blood.
The lateral sinus opens directly into the auricle by short
branches, and the blood is then immediately returned into circu-
lation without passing through the branchiae. The blood from
the posterior aorta follows a different course from the rest.
After passing through a complex mass of sinuses between the
liver lobes, it is collected in venous channels that come together
in a great sinus running along just above the stomach, from
which it is carried to the branehia' by the hepatic vein (A). This
gives a single vein to each branchial plume. These run up the
posterior side of the main trunk of the plumes and send off
branches which, running forward close under the epithelium,
are collected in veins (C) which run down the anterior trunk
of each plume. These veins are collected into a single one which
opens almost immediately into the auricle, thus returning the
branchial blood to the circulation, where it is mixed with blood
from the lateral sinuses.
The branchife usually consist of three plumes, but there may
be five, the numlier which MacFarland has described as tj-pical.
These have a muscular central stalk with several branches, which
rebranch into fine ultimate endings. I^ach branchial plume
receives a large nerve from the branchial plexus, and a branch
92 JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
from the hepatic vein. Tlie branches of this vein are separated
from the surface only by a verj' thin, columnar epithelium.
Clumps of gland cells are found at the ends of the plumes just
beneath the sinuses, and scattered mucous cells are occasionally
seen in the epitlielium.
The arteries are large tubes with a thin, muscular wall. The
larger sinuses have a thin homogeneous wall of connective tissue
and, in the lateral sinuses, muscular fibres are sometimes present,
but the smaller sinuses seem to have no wall, being merely clefts
in the connective tissue.
The circulatory system does not possess any striking differ-
ences from the type found in Doris by Hancock and Embleton,
excepting for the s])ecial arrangement for the papilla^, which
were not found in any of the forms they described.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Alder, J., and Hancock, A. 1910
The British nudiliranchlate ilollusea. Ray soc. Part VIII.
Hcuicock, A., and Emhdton, D. 1852
On the anatomy of Doris. Phil, trans.
Hescheler, K. 1900
Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der wirbellosen
Thiere. Von A. Lang. Pt. I. Mollu.sca.
MacFaiIaiid,F.M. 1905'
A preliminary account of the Dorididte of Monterey Bay,
Cal.
Prne. biol. soc. Wash. Vol. XVIII, pp. 35-54.
(Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Pomona College.)
Nerve Cells of Tarantula
WILLIAM A. HILTON
G. Saint Eemy '90 and others have indicated at least two sizes
of cells in the nervous systems of spiders. In tarantula there
are numerous cells of small size and fewer of a larger sort. The
functional nerve elements may be told from the others by their
rather clear nuclei which contain prominent nucleoli. The large
cell-bodies as compared with the size of the nuclei are also char-
acteristic. No neuroblasts were clearly recognized in the adult
spider. Two types of elements were seen which were thought to
be connective in their nature, or neuroglia cells. In one kind of
these the nuclei were rather clear, the cells widely scattered, but
often partly joined togetlier Ijy their long slender processes.
Some of these were found in the fibrous portion of the ganglion.
In the other type of supportive element the cells are massed
together in certain regions, the nuclei are filled with granules of
chromatin and fine strands from the cytoplasm extend between
the adjoining cells and penetrate into the fibrous area. These
two t^iies of elements form a framework or reticulum for the
cells and fibers of the nervous system (Fig. 1, D and E).
The smaller nerve cells seem to be rather simple for the most
part. They appear to be unipolar with a large process directed
towards the central filirous mass of the ganglion. The nuclei
of these are large with large nucleoli which contain one or more
refractive spots. Fibrils are not so easily determined as in
larger cells, but the nerve processes seem to be composed of
many fine fibrills. Little was learned about other points in the
finer structure of these cells, Init in jireparations fixed in Flem-
ming's fluid there were numerous dark masses which were often
seen. These were usually found in the cytoplasm on the oppo-
site side of the cell from the nerve process. In appearance these
resembled blackened fat particles (Fig. 1, C).
The larger nerve cells were found grouped together or scat-
tered about in the more ventral regions of the nervous system ;
some were found in the supraesophageal region, on the lateral
94
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
sides and also dorsally. The groups of larger cells were often
surrounded by many others, both of the neuroglia type and of
the smaller nerve cell form. In the largest neurones, as in the
smaller ones, the nuclei are prominent with marked nucleoli
which have one or more dark areas in tlieuL Surrounding the
nucleus there is a tine meshwork or cell reticulum upon which
granules of tigroid substance may be seen. This material is
in the form of fine granules in some cells, in others it is com-
Figiire 1. Cells from tlie central nervous system of spiders, X800. A to E, cells
from tarantula; D and E, supporting cells; F", nerve cell from a spider
IJ/j mm. long; G, nerve cell or neuroblast from a young spider
of about ly^ mm. length.
posed of coarser flakes. Eunning through the meshwork of the
cell with its tigroid substance delicate continuous strands or
neuro-tibrilla? may be seen and traced from the region of the
nucleus into branches of the nerve cell. Adjacent cells may be
seen to be in some communication with each other by means of
these tine tibrillfe. Broader connections between cells such as
Haller '04 and Hilton '11 have recorded in insects seem to
occur in this form to a limited degree (Fig. 1, A and B).
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 95
The magnitude of nerve cells in many forms seems to depend
upon the number and extent of the processes. The size of the
animal ought then to make a difference with that of the cells.
In one of the Collembola recently studied, the animal was about
1.5 mm. in length ; the cells were about .002 mm. in diameter.
In a large tarantula, one of 6 cm. body length, the nerve cells
were of several sizes. Some were .05 mm. by .03 mm. The
smallest were about .02 by .015 mm. In a small spider of 1.5
mm. length, the largest cells were less than .01 mm. in diameter
(Fig. 1, F), while a young drassid of 1.5 mm. which was active
but not mature, had nerve cells of about the same size (Fig.
1, G). The cells in the last case appeared much like neuroblasts.
The smallest functional nerve cells in the tarantula were a
little larger than the neuroblasts of young forms, while the
functional cells of a more mature spider were about the same
size as these neuroblasts. The largest nerve cells of tarantula
as compared with the largest of a small spider show the great-
est contrast.
In a considei-ation of the size of nerve cells in various
animals it seems clear that although the larger organisms have
the larger nerve cells, there are other factors than size of the
animal and consequent length of the cell processes which deter-
mine the magnitude of the neurones.
REFERENCES
Haller, B. 1901
Ueber den allgemeinen Bauplan des Tracheatensyncerebrums.
Arch. f. niicr. Anat., Bd. 65.
Hilton, W. A. 1911
The structure of the nerve cells of an insect. Jour, conip.
neurol. Vol. 21, No. 4.
1912
A preliminary study of the central nervous system of spiders.
Pomona jour. ent. Vol. IV, No. 3.
Saint Remi/. G. 1890
Contribution a 1 "etude du cerveau chez les arthropods tra-
eheates. Theses a la Faculte des sciences de Paris.
(Contribtifion from ihc Znnlogical Laboratory of Pomona College.)
New Californian Microlepidoptera
AUGUST BUSCK
U. S. BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY, WASHINGTON, D. C.
The si^ecies of Microlepidoptera, described in tlie following,
were received for determination from Mr. W. S. Wright, San
Diego, California, together with some fifty other species, which
I have recognized as already described.
If a few more equally valuable collections could be obtained
from California this coming season, the writer would be pleased
to fulfil his promise to Dr. C. F. Baker, to give a comprehen-
sive paper on the known California Microlepidoptera for this
Journal. I shall be glad to hear from other collectors of these
insects in California.
Coleophora quadristrigella new species
Labial palpi long, porrected, smooth; second joint hardly
thickened ; white, shaded with light brown externally. Antennae
white, somewhat thickened with scales toward the base; basal
joint yellow, somewhat enlarged, but without projecting flap of
scales. Face, head and thorax light yellow with the cheeks,
patagina and posterior tip of thorax white. Forewings with
silvery white ground color; from base to apex along the upper
edge of the cell and covering vein 7 runs a broad longitudinal
streak of light golden yellow, which at basal fourth gives oft' a
narrower longitudinal branch of the same color, which ter-
minates on the middle of the termen ; below the fold from base
to tornus runs a third longitudinal yellow streak; these yellow
streaks leave the white ground color exposed only as four longi-
tudinal streaks, one along the costal edge, one along the dorsal
edge, one on the fold and one from basal third of the cell to
close below apex. Cilia whitish fuscous. Hind wings light
fuscous with the cilia a shade darker. Abdomen light fuscous
with golden lateral edges. Legs whitish hairs on posterior tibiae
golden.
Alar expanse : 18-20 mm.
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY f»7
Habitat — San Diego, California, June, July. W. S. Wright,
coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,607.
ColeopJiora entoloma new species
Very close to C. quadristrigella, but smaller and with the yel-
low color somewhat darker and occupying the larger part of the
wing, leaving the white color as three thin longitudinal streaks,
one along the costal edge, one through the middle of the wing to
apex and one on the fold; the fourth white streak found in
quadristrigella on the dorsal margin is absent in the present
species, the subplical yellow longitudinal streak being broader
and includes the dorsal edge. No other colorational differences.
Alar expanse: 15-18 mm.
Habitat — San Diego, California, May, Jvme. AV. S. Wright,
coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,608.
Galechia coticola new species
Labial i)alpi light ochreous with extreme base dark brown
and with a few scattered brown scales on terminal joint ; second
joint with well developed compressed and furrowed tuft. An-
tennfp black. Face, head and thorax light golden yellow. Pata-
gina purplish black. Forewings with costal half blackish brown
with a purple tint; dorsal half golden yellow; the dividing line
between the two colors is nearly straight from base to the mid-
dle of termen except for a large triangular process of the yel-
low color into the dark color on the middle of the wing; in the
dark costal area lies a short, oblong, yellow dash below the
costal edge at basal third and a larger triangular costal spot at
apical fourth; cilia fuscous. Hindwings light fuscous. Abdo-
men light yellow dusted with dark brown. Legs yellowish with
broad dark brown annulations on tibiae and tarsi, except on the
hind tarsi, which are all yellow.
Alar expanse : 16-17 mm.
Habitat — La Puerta, California, July. Wright & Field, coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,609.
98 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
A well marked species nearest in coloration to Gelechia hin-
kaidfUd Bnsek, bnt easily distinguished by the pattern, which
comes nearer to that of the much smaller Gelecliia paraphitella
Busck.
Gelechia scabrelld new species
Labial palpi with short indistinctly divided brush on the
underside, blackish l)rown exteriorly, gray on the inner side;
terminal joint shorter than second somewhat thickened with
scales, blackish brown with an indistinct pale annulation at
base. Antenua3 tinel.y pubescent, dark purplish brown each
joint terminating in a circlet of ])aler somewhat raised scales.
Face, head and thorax dark piirplish brown finely irrorated
with white, the extreme ti]) of each scale being white ; posterior
tip of thorax deep velvety, unmixed brown with a strong purple
sheen. Forewings of the same irrorated brown color as the
thorax except for a large triangular dorsal patch near the base,
which has the same color as the posterior tip of thorax; this
reaches with one corner to the costal edge and is shar]ily edged
posteriorly by a thin oblique white line; on the middle of the
wing is a similarly uuicolored, but more diffused larger patch,
edged posteriorly by a thin, transverse, slightly concave, white
line across the wing at apical third; both of these dark brown
areas contain small tufts of raised scales in two longitudinal
rows; the groundcolor with lighter brown white-tipped scales
thus cover the extreme base, an oblique fascia beyond the first
white line the dorsal and costal edges and the entire tip of the
wing beyond the thin white fascia ; cilia concolorous. Hind-
wings broader than the forewings, light shiny fuscous. Abdo-
men light fuscous. Legs blackish fuscous with indistinct nar-
row annulations at the joints.
Alar expanse : 17-20 mm.
Habitat — San Diego, California, June, Julv. "W. S. Wright,
coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,610.
This is the western representative of our eastern G. n-alsiiig-
JOUENAX, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 99
IkuiiI Dietz, to whioli it comes quite close, though much larger
and deeper in color.
The species has a striking superficial resemblance to the
larger typical species of the genus Gnorimoschema.
Gelechia higella new species
Labial palpi with stubby, indistinctly furrowed brush on sec-
ond joint, nearly even throughout its length light fuscous mot-
tled with dark brown. Face light fuscous. Head and thorax
(lark fuscous. Forewings dark velvety fuscous with two vel-
vety lilack round dots, one on the middle of the fold and one
obliquely above it on the cell, both slightly edged with rust-
brown scales; at the end of the cell is a small rust-brown spot
containing a few single black scales, a small blackish costal spot
at ajiical third and an illdefined marginal row of black around
the aijical and terminal edges; cilia fuscous sprinkled with
single black scales. Hindwing dark fuscous ; anal cilia yellowish
fuscous ; the males have on the underside of the hindwing a row
of long raised scales on vein 8. Abdomen dark fuscous, with
the upper side of the basal joints tinged with golden yellow.
Legs blackish fuscous with narrow yellowish tarsal annulations.
Alar expanse : 20-21 mm.
Hahifat— San Diego, California, February. W. S. Wright,
coll.
IT. S. N. M. Type No. 15,61 L
Nearest to our Eastern Gelechia hUumaculella Chambers.
Ethmia mediella new species
Labial palpi long, recurved, reaching beyond vertex; white
sprinkled with black scales ; outer side of second joint nearly all
black. Antenna? leadcolored with narrow white annulations;
first joint white on the underside. Face white. Head white
with a central black spot. Thorax white with four black dots,
two on each side. Patagina white with two black basal dots.
Forewings white suffused with soft gray which is darker just
above the fold below which there is a rather sharply edged pure
white longitudinal area; basal part of costal edge dark lead
100 JOXJENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
colored; on the fold is a longitudinal row of three deep black
lines and at the end of the cell is a pure white dot edged by
short black dashes ; around apical and terminal edge is a series
of short black streaks. Cilia white. Hindwings dark gray with
the anal area yellow and cilia yellow. Abdomen light golden
yellow except the upper side of the first joint, which is gray.
Legs white with well marked black tarsal annulations and with
posterior tibiae yellow.
Alar expanse : 22-26 mm.
Habitat — San Diego, California, June, July. W. S. Wright,
coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,612.
Closely related and very similar in pattern to Ethmia arcto-
stapliylella Walsingham and Ethmia ohscurella Beutenmuller,
but much lighter than these species in color.
Semioscopis acertella new species
Labial palpi black with the tips of both joints and a sprink-
ling on second joint white. Head and thorax brownish fuscous.
Forewings with the groundcolor bluish-white but so heavily
overlaid with dark brownish fuscous that the white only ap-
pears in irregi;lar longitudinal thin lines ; the brown faintly
outlines the venation and is mixed with black scales, also ar-
ranged in illdefined and interrupted longitudinal lines ; on the
middle of the cell is a broader white longitudinal line, edged
above and below and broken in the middle by short deep black
lines; on. the middle of the fold is a short black longitudinal
streak. The effect to the unaided eye is a pepper and salt
coloration with a narrow white central streak on the cell.
Hindwing dark fuscous with whitish area. Abdomen yellow-
ish fuscous. Legs black with j^ellowish annulations on tibiae and
tarsi.
Alar expanse : 16-19 mm.
Habitat — San Diego, California, November. W. S. Wright,
coll.
V. S. N. M. Type No. 15,613.
JOUENAIi OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 101
Nearest in winy- form and ]>attera to Semioscopis megami-
crella Dyar, but smaller, much darker and suffused in its mark-
ing and without the well marked terminal row of black dots.
Hypople.sia dietziella new species
Tongiie and maxillary palpi obsolete. Labial palpi rather
long curved ascending; second joint with well developed brush
on the underside and with several long black bristles along the
upper edge; terminal joint shorter than second, bluntly pointed;
blackish fuscous with extreme tip of the third joint yellowish.
Antennae nearly as long as the forewings, stout, with short
whorls of raised scales, less so in the females; basal joint with
pecten yellowish fuscous, lighter toward the tip. Face and head
rough with long, erect dark fuscous hair scales. Thorax dark
fuscous. Patagina tipped with yellow. Forewings dark fuscous
mottled with black and yellow in indistinct and transverse
striation; the black scales are slightly raised and most promi-
nent ; along the costal edge is a series of small black dots and
at the end of the cell is a larger ill-defined black spot; around
the entire edge from the middle of costa to tornus is a series of
small yellowish dashes also present in the otherwise dark fus-
cous cilia. Hindwings shining dark fuscous. Abdomen dark
fuscous. Legs black with yellowish annulations. Hindlegs
rather long with the tibiae hairy.
Alar expanse : 16-20 mm.
Hahifaf — San Diego, California, June, July. W. S. Wright,
coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,614.
I take pleasure in associating the name of my friend and col-
leagaie. Dr. Wm. Dietz, with this interesting species, the second
one known in the genus originally characterized by him under
the preoccupied name, Paraplesia. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.
XXXI, p. 12, m)o)==Hypoplesia (Busck, Proc. IT. S. Nat. Mus.
XXX, p. 735, 1906.)
The original description is rather scanty and partly incor-
rect; the antennas are not bipectenate, but are thickened with
whorls of raised scales. Their length and the absence of tongue
102 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
and maxillary palpi are the significant characters. The vena-
tion is simple, all the veins separate (not 7 and 8 out of 9 as
stated by Dietz) in both wings; vein 7 to costa in the forewing.
The genus is closely allied to Hapsifera Zeller and Euplacamus
Latrielle, both of which, however, have veins 7 and 8 stalked in
the forewing.
Some New Genera and Species of Chalcidoid Hymen-
optera of the Family Eulophidae From
Australia
A. A. GIRAULT
Family EULOPHID.^
Subfamily TETRASTICHIN^, TETRASTICHINI
Neomphaloides new genus
Female — Head normal, nearly round from direct cephalic as-
pect, the antenn£e inserted near its middle, distinctly above an im-
aginary line drawn between the ventral ends of the eyes, eleven-
jointed-scape, pedicel, three narrow ring-joints, three funicle
joints and a three- jointed club, the terminal joint ending in a
spur. Funicle joints elongate, the proximal one nearly as long as
the club ; pedicel very long, subequal to the distal funicle joint.
Fore wings ample, the marginal and submarginal veins long, the
former about a fourth longer than the latter ; postmarginal vein
absent ; stigma vein with a slender neck. Both wings normally
ciliate, the marginal cilia short. Tarsi four- jointed, the tibial
spurs single. Both mandibles tridentate. Parapsidal furrows
complete. Scutellum with four longitudinal grooved lines, the
lateral ones finer ; metathoraeic spiracle large, oval. Propodeum
with two, short median carinae, parallel but distad diverging sud-
denly and running along the distal margin of the segment. Abdo-
men sessile, longer than the head and thorax combined, produced
ventrad near base, conic-ovate, produced distad into a moder-
ately long stylus from beneath which slightly projects the ovipos-
itor enclosed by its valves. Mesoscutum long, with a distinct
median groove. Sculpture fine reticulation over the head, thorax
and abdomen, not varying noticeably as regards density. Body
metallic. Ocelli distant from the eyes. Genal sulcus distinct.
Male — Not known.
A genus unique for the tribe because of the three ring-joints of
the antennae, the longitudinal grooves on the thorax and the pro-
104 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
duced abdomen. Resemhling Tetrastichus Haliday but the abdo-
men much longer.
Type — The following species.
1. Neomplialoides cinctiventris new species.
Female — Length 3.75 mm. General color dark metallic green,
the propodeum brigliter, the mesotliorax with much bronze, the
abdomen darker, above at base with a broad orange band which
ventrad spreads further distad and involves the produced i)art of
the venter; legs wholly light lemon yellow as are also the ventral
lialf of the occiput and the face ventrad of the insertions of the
antennae; also the cheeks. Scape and pedicel brownish, the
former with more or less black dorsad; remainder of antenna
black. Tegulae and venation more or less lemon yellowish, the
wings hyaline. Proximal joint of antennal cluli only about two-
thirds the length of the distal funicle joint and about a fourtli
longer than the second club joint, the distal clu') joint very sliort,
terminating in a short, spur-like seta. Scape long, reaching to
the ocelli. Vertex yellowish along the eye margin, dorsal aspect.
(From 2 specimens, 2-3-inch objective, 1-inch optic, Bausch and
Lomb.)
Male — Unknown.
Described from two female specimens received for study from
Mr. C. French, Jr., Acting Government Entomologist, Melbourne,
Victoria, lalielled "Parasitic on homopterus gall on Eucahqitus,
Cook's River, Sydney. "
Habitat — Australia — Sydney, New South Wales.
Types — No. Hy 1197, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, the above
specimens on tags (2 pins) plus a slide bearing a head.
Tribe OMPHALINI
Selitrichodes new genus
Female — Head rounded ovate, the antennae inserted distinctly
below the middle of the face, much below the ventral ends of the
eyes, eight-jointed-scape, pedicel, two ring-joints, three funicle
joints and a solid clul); scape somewhat swollen, the three funicle
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 105
joints subquadrate and subequal, each about half the size of the
]iedicel, the okib long-ovate, about equal to the scape, slightly
longer than the funicle. Parapsidal furrows distinct, complete;
scutellum with a narrow longitudinal groove on each side of the
meson ; abdomen equal to the length of the head and thorax com-
bined, ovate, depressed, the ovipositor barely projecting beyond
its tip. Wings ample, normally ciliate, the marginal fringes
short, the marginal vein long, a fourth longer than the sulimar-
ginal, the postmarginal a mere spur-like projection beyond the
origin of the stigmal which is distinct, with a neck and uncus.
Tarsi four-jointed, the tibial spurs single. Mandibles dentate.
Male — Not known.
Type — The following species.
1. Selitrichodes fasciativentris new species
Female — Length, 1.20 mm.
Lemon yellow, the abdomen dorsad with two transverse black
stripes across it, both bands interrupted at the meson; a third
stripe indicated proximad (across the base) by a black spot at
the edge on each side ; the two stripes are across the distal half
of the proximal half of the abdomen. Legs, antennae and vena-
tion (more pallid) concolorous, the wings hyaline. A more or
less obscure dusky spot near the tegula. Eyes and ocelli red.
(From four specimens, the same magnification).
Male — Not known.
Described from four females remounted on a slide in xylol-
balsam from a card, received from the Acting Government Ento-
mologist of Victoria and labelled ' ' Chalcids parasitic on unknown
galls on Eucalyptus, N. S. W."
Habitat — Australia, New South Wales.
Types — The above females on a single slide. No. Hy 1198,
Queensland Museum. Brisbane.
106 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
PEDIOBINI
Metacrias new genus
Ti/pe — The following species.
1. Metacrias australiansis new species
Female — Length, 2.10 mm. Very dark metallic bluish, the
head tinged with metallic green, especially on the face, the abdo-
men brilliant metallic bluish-green, shining. Wings hyaline, the
venation dusky. Knees, tips of tibise, distal third of posterior
tibife and the tarsi (excepting distal joint) white. Venter of
thorax steel blue. Antennae concolorous with thorax l)ut the ring-
joint white. First funicle joint nearly as long as the club, the
pedicel subequal in length to the distal funicle joint. The legs
and propodeuni may be as in the male. Segment VI of abdomen
(dorsad) densely polygonally retriculated.
(From five specimens, the same magnifications).
Male — The same but the abdomen less pointed, with an oval,
large whitish spot centrally, near base, the antennae metallic
greenish, the abdomen with more green, the propodeum and the
dark parts of the legs brilliant metallic cyaneus; distal two
funicle joints subequal, the first joint subequal to the club.
(From single specimen, similarh^ magnified.)
Described from one male and five female specimens, card-
mounted, from the collections of the Queensland Museum,
labelled "Bred out of fungus gall on wattle. Brisbane, H.
Hacker, 14/7/11", 1.5, 2 9''s and the same plus "23/6/11",
3$'s.
Habitat — Australia — Brisbane, Queensland.
Types — No. Hy 1199, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, the
above specimens on two cards as indicated plus two slides of
xylol-balsam, bearing female antenna and posterior legs (one
slide) and male flagellum.
This genus differs from Acrias Walker in bearing nonfasciate
wings and submoniliform antenna", the funicle joints more or
less excised or constricted, and the club with one less joint. The
following generic characters: Head large, wider than the
thorax, the oqcii)ital margin earinate, the lateral ocelli not touch-
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 107
ing the eye mai'gin, tlie vertex sloping cephalo-ventrad, the
antennae inserted distinctly below the middle of the face yet
still slightly above an imaginary line drawn between the ventral
ends of the eyes, the bulbs rather widely separated, the scro-
bicular cavity rather shallow, oblong, not reaching by some dis-
tance to the cephalic ocellus. Scape long, cylindrical and slen-
der, much longer than the club; an obconic pedicel, one ring-
joint, three funicle joints, the second bevelled off at apex, the
third oval and subpetiolate at apex, a two-jointed, short, conic-
ovate club, its smaller distal joint terminating in a nipple-like
spur; its proximal joint forming more than half of the whole
region. Club only slightly wider than the funicle. Posterior
tibiae armed with a single long acuminate spur; tarsi four-
jointed. Marginal vein long and slender, only slightly shorter
than the submarginal, the postmarginal and stigmal veins very
short, the latter longer but with only a very short neck. Mar-
ginal fringes very short. Abdomen with a very short petiole,
usually not visible, conic-ovate, depressed, the second segment
a fourth of its length, the third a half shorter, the fourth
transverse, the fifth only slightly shorter than the third, lightly
reticulated cephalad, the sixth longer than the third, densely
reticulated, hairy. Abdomen widest at apex of the second seg-
ment. Head and thorax opaque, rather densely reticulately
punctate but the propodeum shining, brilliant and delicately
reticulated, with a distinct, acute median carina, crossed by
another short one at apex, the carina banded on each side by a
deep longitudinal sulcus, whose lateral margins are carinse and
caudad join the ends of the short transverse carina; also the
median carina at immediate base divides. Scutellum without
longitudinal grooves, the parapsidal furrows obsolete, the meso-
thorax bearing very long, black, isolated setae. Propodeal
spiracle round.
The male is the same but the abdomen is distinctly petiolate,
oval, less pointed and angular, the genitalia exserted; also the
antennal club is longer and more slender, the funicle joints all
subpetiolate, the pubescence longer and softer ; the first funicle
joint is longer, as long as the more slender club. Segments
108 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
III, IV and Y of abdomen transverse. Antenna? the same except
as noted.
This genus sliould be compared with Eriglyptus Crawford.
TETRASTICHINI
Genus Tetrastichus Haliday
1. Tetrastichus victoriensis new species
Female— hength, 1.35 mm. Shining black, the median grooved
line of the scutum and the lateral margins of the seutellum
straw yellow as are also the antennip and venation, tarsi, knees
and portions of the tibiae; thorax with metallic purplish reflec-
tions. Wings very slightly embrowned throughout. Thorax
extraordinarily finely longitudinally lined. A slight stain under
apex of stigmal vein. Antenna^ normal (ten -jointed, two ring-
joints), the pedicel long obconic, the proximal and distal joints
of the funicle subequal, joint II shorter than either and sub-
quadrate.
(From six specimens, the same magnification).
Male — Not known.
Described from six female specimens mounted on a single
card labelled "Chalcids parasitic on cynipid galls on Acacia
discolor, Melbourne". Received from the Acting Government
Entomologist of Victoria, C. French Jnr.
Habitat — Australia — Melbourne, Victoria.
Type — No. Hy 1200, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, the above
specimens, plus a slide bearing a fore wing and head.
2. Tetrastichus fasciatus new species
Female — Length, 2 mm., more or less. General color lemon
yellow, the abdomen darker; disk of the cephalic half of the
scutum darker like the abdomen (except more or less along
the meson), the center of the scutum with a fuscous round spot
on each side of the meson, each spot at the apex of the darker
portions on each side; propodeum cephalad, parapsidal fur-
rows and suture between scutum and seutellum, black; also the
margins of the seutellum more liroadly laterad. Abdomen
more or less distinctly banded transversely with ])lack (very
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 109
distinctly so in lialsam-mounted specimens, tliere being from
six to seven bands). Legs, venation and antennae yellow, the
latter more or less dusky, the tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline.
Propodeum dark. Scutellum with four longitudinal grooved
lines. Body finely, polygonally reticulated, the abdomen some-
what more coarsely so. Normal for the genus but the antenna
apparently with three ring-joints, though in most cases but two
are visible. Antennae clavate, the funicle widening distad.
(From nine specimens, the same magnification).
Male. — not known.
Described from nine females mounted together on a card in
the Queensland Museum, labeled "Bred from gall No. 13".
^(7 liiYfl^— Australia — Queensland ( fBrisbane).
Types — No. Hy 1201, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, six of
the above specimens plus a slide bearing two others.
OMPHALINI
Rhicnopeltella new genus
Female — Head normal, not thin as seen from above, the
antennjB capitate, the club three-jointed, simple and ovate, much
wider than the funicle, the latter three-jointed, short, clavate,
the joints all wider than long and widening distad, the first
transverse, the funicle shorter than the club; three suliequal
ring-joints, each of which is about half the length of the trans-
verse proximal funicle joint. Scape cylindrical, moderate in
length, the pedicel short, obconic but longer than any of the
funicle joints, the club joints much longer than it. Marginal
vein not half the length of the submarginal, nearly twice the
length of the stigmal which is well-developed but not large, the
postmarginal vein very short, not half the length of the stigmal.
Marginal fringes short, the discal ciliation normal. Parapsidal
furrows complete, the scutellum without longitudinal grooves,
the tarsi four-jointed, the posterior tibiae with one spur which
is moderately long. Abdomen from dorsal aspect rounded oval,
wider than the rest of the body, depressed and not as long as
the thorax, the ovipositor not exserted. Propodeum very short,
110 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
especially at the meson, without noticeable carinae, the spiracle
small, oval. Metallic, sculptured, the pronotum short, the ocelli
widely separated but close to the eye margins, the distal joint
of cephalic tarsus enlarged, swollen. The antennae inserted
slightly below the middle of the face. Wings hyaline; second
abdominal segment a third the length of the abdomen.
Male — (See beyond).
Type — The following species (immaculatipennis) .
1. Rhicnopeltella immaculatipennis new species
Female — Length, 1.75 mm. Short and rather stout. Dark
metallic asnous green, the antennal club, the funicle (less so),
the venation, the tarsi excepting the apex of the distal joint
(the entire joint in caudal legs), the knees and tips of tibiae
(most all of cephalic tibiae) brown, the venation and funicle
darkest. Tegiilae concolorous. Whole body densely polygonally
reticulated, the abdomen and propodeum, however, smoother.
Lateral ocelli much farther from each other than each from
the cephalic ocellus, than they are from the respective eye
margins (farther from each other than each is from the
cephalic ocellus). Distal club joint shortest of the club, the distal
funicle joint longer than it. Stigmal vein shaped like a tadpole.
(From a single specimen, similarly magnified.)
Male — Unknown.
Described from a single female specimen from the collections
of the Queensland Museum, mounted on a card labeled "Bris-
bane. H. Hacker. 4/7/11".
Habitat — Australia — Brisbane, Queensland.
Type — No. Hy 1202, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, the fore-
noted specimen.
This genus is characterized by the peculiar antennae — the
three ring- joints, the enlarged club, the short clavate funicle,
the simple cylindrical scape. A somewhat similar genus was
thought to be represented by the following species which, how-
ever, proves to be congeneric.
I give its generic characters first and then the specific details.
Male — Somewhat like the female of the genus but differing
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 111
stnieturally as follows : The antenns bear only two ring-joints,
there being four transverse funicle joints and three club joints,
the pedicel long and slenderly obeonic ; the postmarginal vein is
two-thirds as long as the stigmal and the fore wings bear a
substigraal, fuscous cloud. The body is brilliantly metallic. The
marginal vein is longer, nearly half the length of the submar-
ginal. Scutellum without grooved lines. Posterior tibiae with a
single long spur. Abdomen depressed, oval. Propodeal spir-
acle central, small, round-oval, the propodeum without a median
carina nor spiracular sulci. Vertex large. Otherwise as in the
type of the genus.
Female — The same but the abdomen is stout, short, com-
pressed beneath, the o\apositor slightly exserted. The antenna
has three rings and three funicle joints and the club is more
compact.
2. RhicnopelteUa splendoriferella new species
Female — Length, 2 mm. Brilliant metallic green, the abdo-
men dark cupreous, the legs concolorous with the abdomen and
with their articulations whitish; coxae metallic bluish; tibiae
lighter, the proximal half or more of the caudal tibiae white.
Flagellum brownish. Wings hyaline but the fore wings with a
lightly fuscated rounded area under the apex of the stigmal
vein and beneath most of the marginal vein; venation dusky
brownish. Head and thorax rather finely, densely reticulated,
the reticulation not coarse enough to form punctures but the
sculpt^ire of fine polygonal striation, on the abdomen and pro-
podeum smoother.
(From a single specimen, similarly magnified).
Male — Length, 1.75 mm. The same but much more brassy
and bronzy, the vertex metallic rosaceous, the same color on
much of the thorax and head, the abdomen brighter green ; legs
with more brownish. Scape and pedicel brown, the flagellum
dark brown.
(From twelve specimens, the same magnification).
Described at first from twelve males and one female mounted
together on a card in the Queensland Museum, labeled "Bred
from gall No. 5A. Brisbane, H. Hacker. 20/6/11".
112 JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Hahilat — Australia — Brisbane, Queensland.
Types — No. Hy 1203, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, the
foregoing specimens as noted, together with a slide bearing
male antennae, posterior legs and a fore wing in xylol-balsam
(one slide) ; and a second slide bearing a female antenna.
Later, another card was found in the same collection bearing
six females labeled "Brisbane, H. Hacker, 11/1/1911". This
second species differs from immaculatipennis (females) in bear-
ing a much longer antenna pedicel, a longer marginal vein, a
fuscous cloud on the fore wing, a stouter abdomen and brighter
green color.
A Species of Collembola Found With Termites
GERTRUDE BACON
in a grove of live oaks near Claremont, there are great
masses of dead leaves under the trees. Under this mantle of
dry foliage there is often a considerable amonnt of decomposed
material which may retain some moisture for a time. In this
location there are many Collembola of various sorts. In places,
twigs from the trees are mingled with the damp remains and
these are very often inhabited by termites or white ants. These
insects live in the tunnels which they make in every direction
in the wood. In these spaces and perhaps also in some smaller
crannies a small white insect was found quite constantly. At
first it was supjjosed that these were l)lind Collembola without
the fureula, but when touched they jumped very quickly. It
was also found that they had eyes.
These forms were found to correspond exactly to Eiifnuin-
bri/a binoculafa, described by Harald Schoett in his article on
North American Apterygogenea, in the Proceedings of the
California Academy of Sciences, volume YI, 1896.
Ltiigth — 1.5 mm. Color — Opaque white. Body — Subcylin-
drical, very hairy. On the head and neck the hairs are long
and clubbed. Eyes — One on each side of the head. These are
located in irregular masses of light brown pigment in some
specimens. There seems to be some indication of a bilobed
condition of the eye spots. Antennae — Not as long as the body
but longer than the head. The segments are: I shortest, II
and III sube(iual, IV nearly twice as long as III. Claws — Two.
Superior claw has three teeth on the inner margin, the two
upper of which are opposite each other. The inferior is lan-
ceolate and unarmed. Funula — This does not quite reach the
ventral tube. Dentes slightly longer than the manubrium.
Mucrones — With two strong teeth and a slender basal one
which points distally and almost reaches the middle tooth. This
species was found at Berkeley, California, but nothing is men-
tioned by Schoett as to the rlistribution.
It is possible that this species may occur in other locations
than in the dwelling places of white ants, but so far we have
found them in no other environment.
(Contributioti from ihc Zoological Laboratory of Pomona College.)
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent
Important Literature
INJURIOUS AND BENEFICIAL INSECTS OF
CALIFORNIA
E. O. ESSIG
Month. Bui. State Com. Hort. Vol. II, Nos. 1 and 2.
This is certainly one of the most useful bulletins for the
farmer and for all others interested in insects and their con-
trol in California. It considers the different orders of insects
which are found in the state and discusses them clearly. This
is aided by an unusually large number of good cuts, many of
them being the work of the author while in college and later.
In the back of the bulletin the composition of the different
insecticides is given, as well as the various methods for their
application. Here are also found all the state horticultural
and quarantine orders relating to insects. There is also a host
index of injurious insects described or cited. Mr. Essig surely
is to be congratulated for this good and useful work.
George Ash.
A GIANT COCCID FROM GUATEMALA
WILLIAM MORTON WHEELEH
Psyche, Feb., 1913.
This was found on the branches of an Eryfhrina tree. From
a distance the tree looked as if it were covered with galls the
size of cherries. The specimens were 11-20 mm. in length,
10-15 mm. in width, and 9-14 mm. in height. The body was
smooth, and elliptical in shape. They were pale brownish yellow
in color and covered with minute dots. They were only found
on this one tree.
Gertrude Bacon.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 115
THE SOMBRE TWIG-PRUNER, THERCLADODES
KRAUSSI, AVHITE
CLAUDE FULLER
The Agricultural Journal of the Union of South Africa,
Feb., 1913.
This beetle attacks privet, jassamine, and olives, but has not
become much of a pest, as it can be rather easily controlled by
pruning. If olive growing were extensive, however, it would
probably cause trouble.
The life of the larva is interesting. The egg is laid in a
little cavity excavated about six inches from the end of the
stem. As soon as the larva hatches, it bores up about one
inch, then enlarges the cavity, turns around, and works down
to between one and two inches below the site of the egg. It
then backs up to the enlargement, turns around, and backs
down to the bottom, where it remains for some days, then
ascends for a little distance and girdles the twig, which breaks
off. It then plugs up the hole and descends to the bottom of
the burrow to moult. After moulting, the whole process is
repeated, and it is repeated with each moult until the larva
pupates.
Mabel Guernsey.
ABSORPTION UND SECRETION IM DARM VON
INSECTEN
ALBRECHT STEUDEL
Zool. Jhrb. Bd. XXXIII, Heft 2, 1913
The most important conclusion is that there is a double
function for the intestinal epithelial cells wliieh are active, the
function of absorption and secretion. Many authors describe a
rest and a secretion stage. In Periplaneta and other insects
absorption takes place during the rest stage. In many if not
all insects the intestinal epithelium has this double function.
116 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
EINFLUSS DER AUSSEREN UMGEBUNG AUF DIE
FARBUNG DER SCHMETTERLINGSPUPPEN
{VANESSA UTRICAE)
HEDWIG MENZEL
Zool. Jhrb. Bd. XXXIII, Heft 2, 1913.
Boxes were prepared in different ways so as to give a single
color of light to the interior of each. Larva? were kept in these
boxes for some time. The data in the tables comi)iled from
these experiments show that the variation in color in the pupa
stage is caused by the influence of the different colors on the
larvse. These colors correspond to those found in nature, but
the rate of variation in the boxes is different according to the
color of the light which enters.
Larvae reared in a certain color showed a decided preference
for this when given their choice of this color and another one.
This poM'er of discrimination results much more because of a
certain feeling for brightness rather than upon a (lualitative
chromatic selection.
THE EURYPTERIDA OF NEW YORK
CLARK AND RUEDEMAN
Published by the New York State Department of Education,
1912
Of all regions of the world, the Siluric rocks are the richest
in eurypterids. The majority of the specimens come from a
narrow l^elt of territory along the Erie canal from Buffalo to
Albany. Many of the fossils were secured from fences and old
stone buildings where weathering had exposed them. It was
found very difficult to get them from freshly quarried rocks, as
even five years of exposure had little effect.
The first eurypterid fossils to be found were supposed to be
from some sort of fish. Their arthropod nature was deter-
mined by De Kay in 1825. He considered them to be crus-
taceans of the order Branchiopoda and suggested that Euryp-
terus might be a connecting link between the ancient trilobites
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 117
and the more recent branchiopods. The body of the eurypterid
is rather fish-like in shape and has a carapace or head-shield.
It is generally believed that it was titted either for crawling,
digging or swimming. It is supposed that it was rather
sluggish.
The work is published in two large volumes. The first part
contains an account of the characteristics, development and
habits of the creatures, as well as a description of the different
genera and species. Tlie second volume is made up of many
fine plates and figures.
Elizabeth Jacks.
DIE CORPORA ALLATA DER INSEKTEN
ARTHUR NABERT
Zeit f. Wiss. Zool. CTV Bd., 2 Heft, 1913.
These organs are glands with an internal secretion found in
all groups of insects and may be paired or unpaired. In shape
they are like a bullet or oval in outline, but may develop a
hilum on one side. They are generally closely associated with
the pharyngeal ganglia wliich lie along the esophagus. Usually
they bear a certain relation to the aorta, to a tracheal vessel
and the esophagus. They are inervated by the nervus corpis
allati from the side of each of the pharyngeal ganglia.
BOOK REVIEWS
Principles of Economic Zoology. L. S. and M. C. Daugherty.
410 pages, with 301 illustrations. W. B. Saunders Com-
pany, 1912. Text $2.00; Guide $1.25. Cloth.
This is intended as a text-book of zoology, with especial ref-
erence to the economic side of the subject. The various phyla
are taken up in order and a general description of each is
given, as well as descriptions of the chief subdivisions, with
brief discussions of the habits and economic importance. There
are many examples given, with descriptions and discussions,
118 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
and here the economic side of the question is brought out more
fully. The book contains 410 pages and is profusely illustrated,
although but few of the cuts are original.
The text-book is accompanied by a laboratory manual of 276
jjages which gives directions chiefly by means of numerous brief
questions which the student is to answer by means of direct
observation. Directions are given for general studies in ecol-
ogy, animal behavior and classification, as well as detailed
studies of the crayfish, spider, insects, fish, frog, turtle, bird,
rabbit, man. Protozoa, Porifera, Coelenterata, Echinodermata,
Annulata, and Mollusca.
Mabel Guernsey.
THE EAELY NATURALISTS: THEIR LIVES AND WORK
(1530-1789)
L. C. MIALL, D. SC, F. R. S.
MacMillan and Co., Ltd., 1912. 396 pages. $3.50.
David Starr Jordan in one of his inspiring essays, called
"Life's Enthusiasms," says: "It is well that we should know
them, should know them all, should know them well — an educa-
tion is incomplete that is not built about a Pantheon, dedicated
to the worship of great men." The preface to this book of
Miall expresses the same idea; every naturalist and student
should become acquainted in as large a way as possible with
the naturalists of the past — their contributions to science, their
methods of work, as well as their mistakes and failures and
idiosyncracies. This is a fascinatingly interesting book, and
ought to be read by every student of the natural sciences,
especially those in our colleges and universities. The only fault
to be found with the book is the lack of portraits; but the full
sketches of the lives of the men helps to counterbalance this
omission; we have such sketches from Otto Brunfels to Lin-
nauis and Buffon. Most of the long line of naturalists here
dealt with were occupied wholh^ or in part with insects. Mal-
l^ighi was the first to observe the air-tubes and spiracles, the
many-chambered heart, silk glands, gangliated nerve cord, re-
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 119
productive organs, development of the wings and legs of the
moths, and the MaliMghian tubules which were named after
liim. Now read about the interesting personality of the man!
Reaumur was perhaps the greatest entomologist, and as an
observer cannot be excelled, even today, except possibly Fabre,
for his observations on the habits of insects, as described in the
six volumes, Memoires pour Servir a I'histoire des Insectes,
1734-1742. Reaumur was largely occupied in the industrial
arts and general i)hysics and other lines. He invented the
thermometer which bears his name.
Of greatest value, the lives of these men teach what two of
our great Californian scientists — Dr. George E. Hale and Dr.
AVm. PL Ritter — call and urge, the amateur spirit in science.
Dr. Ritter defines it thus: "A spontaneous, perennial curi-
osity; a wide-awakeness of perception; an openness of mind;
and a nimbleness of imagination, as toucliing all sorts of
objects and processes and incidents in one's surroundings."
This, as he goes on to show, does not necessarily beget sujier-
ficiality, as many present day biologists believe, but is a very
useful quality to cultivate and overthrow the current profes-
sionalism in science which is apparent especially in academic
circles. The same idea is expressed in Dr. Jordan's essay
already quoted from: "And my message in its fashion shall
he an appeal to enthusiasm in things of life, a call to do things
Itecause we love them, to love things because we do them, to
keep the eyes open, the heart warm and the pulses swift as we
move across the field of life." F. Grinnell, Jr.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE RECENT AND TERTIARY FRESH-
WATER MOLLUSCA OF THE CALIFORNIA PROV-
INCE, BASED UPON AN ONTOGENETIC
CLASSIFICATION
HAROLD HANNIBAL
Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, Vol. X,
Pts. II and III, June and Sept., 1912 ; jip. 112-211, pits. V-VII.
The author of this paper, a young and very enthusiastic
Stanford student, has covered a good portion of the Pacific
120 JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Coast from San Diego to Seattle, with his bicycle, in search of
shells; investigating every puddle, pool, pond, lake, ditch,
stream and river in his trips. He has collected material in
large quantities and then studied it in the laboratory; so from
training and experience he is more capable of writing on the
fresh water shells of this coast than anyone. This, the most
extensive of his published papers, is full of original ideas, and
numerous suggestions. He first gives the boundaries of the
California province in detail, then the composition of the fauna
as found in the paleontological history of the region; thirdly,
the classification em])loyed; fourthly, the new term Syntonia is
explained in detail; then lastly, taking up most of the paper,
the synopsis of species, in which the groups from the super-
family to species are defined. There is a full bibliography and
synonymy for the genera and species ; a table showing the Evo-
lutionary Cycle of the Unionoideae, and a summary and range
in time of the Californian fauna, and concluding remarks.
Of course, a student with such radical ideas, a progressive,
could not escape the fire of one or more of the conservative
men ; and this is just what happened in a recent number of The
Nautilus. If you wish to smile, just look it up !
F. Grvinell, Jr.
News Notes
FORDYCE GRINNELL, JR.
"We shall certainly not discover Nature's plan in the struc-
ture of flowers by taking the plant out of the garden or coun-
try. We must rather study flowers in their natural habitats —
in short, ive must try to surprise Nature in the act."
— Sprengel.
"Nature never hurries; atom by atom, little by little, she
achieves her work." — Emerson.
Mr. W. M. Mann, of the Bussey Institution of Harvard Uni-
versity, left on April 20 to spend the months of May and June
collecting in Southern Mexico. On his recent trip to Haiti he
collected two species of Peripatus.
The first Pacific Coast chapter of the Agassiz Association has
been formed in Los Angeles, and choosing Burbank chapter
for the name. Alfred Cookman is president.
Dr. Charles Lincoln Edwards, of the Los Angeles city
schools, is conducting a fly exterminating campaign in Los
Angeles county, this spring.
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society held a special meet-
ing at Berkeley on April 10, in connection with the meetings of
the Pacific Coast Association of Scientific Societies meeting in
the same place.
Mr. G. R. Pilate is planning a collecting trip to the Kern
River country of the Sierras, this summer, in the interests of
Dr. Wm. Barnes. He is collecting this spring around San
Bernardino.
Mr. L. E. Ricksecker, a pioneer student of Entomology, died
at his home in San Diego on January 30. He discovered many
new insects ; first finding the curious habits of Pleocoma.
Mr. H. C. Fall, of Pasadena, is revising the large and dif-
ficult Coleopterous genus Pachybrachys.
122 JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Ralph V. Chamberlin, of the Museum of Comparative Zool-
ogy of Harvard Uni\ersity, paid a short visit to Southern Cal-
ifornia the past spring, with hopes of returning in the not
distant future for a longer stay.
John James Rivers, of Santa Monica, the last surviving
pioneer naturalist of California, is still active, and working on
the i)Ieistocene shells of Santa Monica. He is in his eighty-
eighth year.
We learn from Science, of April 11, that Prof. M. M. Met-
calf, head of the department of zoology at Oberlin, has been
granted leave of absence for this past semester for travel and
scientific research in California.
The contract has been let for the erection of the magnificent
Southwest Museum buildings in Los Angeles, to cost about
$100,000. Dr. Hector Alliot is curator.
At a general meeting of the Southern California Academy of
Sciences in Los Angeles, on April 7, Dr. D. T. MacDougal, of
the Desert Botanical Laboratory, gave an illustrated talk on
"Some Physical and Biological Features of Deserts"; and at
a meeting of the biological section on the 15th, Dr. C. L.
Edward gave an account of some European biological stations.
Mr. Harry S. Swarth, formerly of the Museum of Vertebrate
Zoology at Berkeley, has been appointed assistant director of
the county museum in Exposition Park, Los Angeles.
A new entomological journal is announced from London,
England, "The Review of Applied Entomology, Series A,
Agricultural; Series B, Medical and Veterinary." The first
has already been issued. "It is intended to contain, month by
month, abstracts of the latest information i)ublished concern-
ing insects injurious to man or animals, as the carriers of dis-
ease; and to forests, fruit trees, crops and stored mercban
dise." It is published by Dulau & Co., Ltd., 37 Soho Square.
"To the making of books there is no end."
Pomona College
Located in one of the most healthful and beautiful parts of
the west coast. The mountains reach an elevation of ten thou-
sand feet within a few miles from the college and these with the
nearby ocean afford many special advantages for the study of
things not in books. The college is a small one of the New
England tj-pe with high standards of scholarship. A large
proportion of the graduates go on with advanced work in the
large universities. There are four-year courses leading to the
B. A. and B. S. degrees. In addition, well-manned departments
of music and art afford exceptional advantages.
For further information, address
Secretary of Pomona College
Claremont, California
VOLUME FIVE NUMBER THREE
JOURNAL
OF
ENTOMOLOGY
AND
ZOOLOGY
SEPTEMBER, 1913
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY
POMONA COLLEGE DEPARTMENT 0/ ZOOLOGY
CLAREMONT, CALIFORNIA, V. S. A.
CONTENTS
^ Some New and Curious Acarina from Oregon — H. E. Ewing - 123
The Aif atomy of Laila Cockerelli — Mahel Gnemsey - - - - 137
The Collector's By-Prodltct — Xhnena McGlashan 158
Studies in Lagcna Beach Isopoda, II — Blanche E. Stafford, M. S. 161
Book Reviews — Fordyce Grinnell, Jr. 173
News Notes — Fordyce Grimiell, Jr. - - - - 176
Entered at Claremont, Cal., Post-Offlce Oct. 1, 1610, as second-class matter, under Act of Congress of
March 8, 1870
Journal of Entomology and Zoology
EDITED BY POMONA COLLEGE, DEPAETMEISTX OF ZOOLOGY
Subscription $1.00 to domestic, $1.25 to foreign countries.
This journal is especially offered in exchange for zoological
and entomological journals, proceedings, transactions, reports'
of societies, museums, laboratories and expeditions.
The pages of the journal are especially open to western ento-
mologists and zoologists. Notes and papers relating to western
and Californian forms and conditions are particularly desired,
but short morphological, systematic or economic studies from
any locality will be considered for publication.
Manuscripts submitted should be typewritten on one side of
paper about 8 by 11 inches. Foot notes, tables, explanations of
figures, etc., should be written on separate sheets. Foot notes
and figures should be numbered consecutively throughout. The
desired position of foot notes and figures should be clearly
indicated in the manuscrii^t.
Figures should be drawn so that they may be reproduced as
line cuts so far as possible. An unusually large number of half
tones must be paid for in part by the author. Other more
expensive illustrations will be furnished at cost. Figures for
cuts should be made to conform to the size of the page when
reduced, that is, 5 by 71/2 inches or less. The lettering should
be by means of printed numbers and letters pasted on the
drawings, in most cases.
Authors of articles longer than a thousand words will receive
fifty reprints of their publications free of cost. If more than
this are desired, the order should be given with the return of
the proof sheets. Extra copies and special covers or special
paper will be furnished at cost. Authors of short contribiitions
will receive a few extra copies of the number containing their
articles.
Manuscripts should be sent by express or registered mail.
Address all communications to
The Jouknal or Entomology and Zoology
William A. Hilton, Editor
Claremont, California, U. S. A.
Some New and Curious Acarina From Oregon
H. E. EWING
U]) to the present time few indeed of tlie many species of
Aoarina known to science have lieen recorded from Oregon, and
for that matter only a very few from California where the
arthropod fauna has been well studied. A little over a year
ago the writer began a survey of the mite fauna of the Pacific
Slope, and in this article he lias to report a few new species
which are of unusual interest either because of their great
size, or the significant or peculiar characters which they show.
In the following pages six new species are described. Three
of these are made the types of new genera ; one of the species,
Michaelia pallida n. sp., belongs to a family {Alychidce), which
has hitherto been unknown in this country.
Family BDELLID^
Genus Bdella Latreille
Bdella magna n. sp.
(Fig. 1)
A large robust species; red throughout, Init body darker than
appendages. Integument not tessellated. Palpi large, total
length over one and a half times that of the beak; second
segment more than two-thirds as long as the beak; third
segment slightly over one-half as long as the fourth; fourth
segment about one-half as long as distal segment; distal seg-
ment of practically equal width throughout, about one and a
lialf times as long as segments three and four combined, and
bearing about a dozen prominent, straight, simple bristles
besides the distal tactile ones. Inner tactile bristle of palpus
about three-fourths as long as the outer one ; outer tactile bristle
about two-thirds as long as the distal segment. Beak stout,
with several prominent curved, simple bristles, including a
large pair situated dorsally slightly in front of the middle.
Shoulder bristles rather moderate, about as long as the tibia
124 JOUKNAL OP ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
of leg II. Abdomen with a few short, simple bristles. Legs
large, stout; leg I al)out as long as the body without the beak,
tarsus twice as long as tibia and clothed with many prominent
Figure 1. Bdella mar/na n. sp.; dorsal \ie\v of ccphalo-thorax with mouth-parts.
hairs; leg IV extending beyond the tip of the abdomen by the
full length of the last three segments. Total length of body
including the beak, 1.86 mm. ; width, 0.65 mm.
jouenaij of entomology and zoology 125
From Corvallis, Oregon; under old pieces of wood lying on
moist groinid; by the writer.
Desoril)ed from three specimens. This species is distin-
guished from all other American species by its great size, and
from most of the other species of the genns by the length of
tlie fourth palpal segment.
Family ALYCHID^
Genus Michaelia Berlese
Michaelia pallida n. sp.
(Fig. 2)
Like the other members of its genus this species is pale or
white in color. Integument alveolate; thickly clothed with
minute scales, or spine-like tubercles. Stylets of chelicerae
needle-like, as long as the palpi, and bent near their base so as
to form a sharp angle. Palpi slightly longer than the femur
of leg I; distal segment slightly longer than the penultimate
one, clothed with a few moderate trifurcate setae, and bearing
at its distal end a simple, straight, stout spine, which is about
two-thirds as long as the segment from which it arises.
Cephalo-thorax not demarcated from abdomen. Dorsal ridge
prominent, and bearing at its anterior end the large median
ej-e, and somewhat behind the middle a pair of long tactile
seta?, each of which arises from a funnel-shaped pore. These
setfe are slender, simple, and are equal to the dorsal ridge itself
in length. From each side of the dorsal ridge at its posterior
end there arises a specialized seta, or organ, similar to the
pseudostigmatic organ in the Oribatidse. Each of these organs
consists of a slender stalk, or pedicel, and a subglobose head.
The length of the pedicel is just equal to the long diameter of
the head. Abdomen, which is not demarcated from cephalo-
thorax, is about two-thirds as broad as long, and is incised on
the posterior margin at the median line. It is very sparsely
clothed ^ath some small setae, some of which are simple, some
are bifurcate, and a few trifurcate. Legs subequal; anterior
pair extending beyond the tips of the palpi by about one-half
I2r3
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
tlieir length; tarsus twice as long as tibia; tibia and genual sub-
equal; femur almost twice as long as the genual. Posterior i)air
of legs extending beyond the posterior margin of the abdomen by
.■:-■'<■ ■:■■.■■ l:-^ ■■% ^s V
■ - ■ ■ • ■■/('; ti.|
Figure J. Michaelin pulliiln n. sp.; dorsal view.
about one-third their length. All the legs are sparsely clothed,
like the body, with small set*, some of which are simple, so!ne
bifurcate, some trifurcate, and some many-branched. All of
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 127
the legs bear at the tips of their tarsi two stout claws and a
small pulvillus. Pulvillus a little over one-half as long as the
flaws and pectinated on its lower mai'gin. Total length of
body, 0.70 mm. ; width, 0.42 mm.
From Corvallis, Oregon; in moss; by the writer.
Described from three individuals. This species appears to
lie related to M. suhnuda Berlese. It differs from Berlese's
species in having the body clothed with a different kind of
setae, in having more slender legs, and in having a large median
eye, as well as in some other characters. This is the first
species of this genus and the first representative of the family
Alycliidce to be described from this country.
Family C^CULID^
Genus Cerdtodcdiiis n. gen.
Palpi simple, tactile, non-raptorial, composed of four seg-
ments; first segment very short; second, long; third, long;
fourth, short and bearing several long tactile bristles. Cheli-
cerfp very large, almost enormous, chelate, moving vertically.
Eyes three; two of which are lateral and sessile, one is anterior
and median. Posterior part of cephalo-thorax and all of the
alxlomen covered above with a single, thick, coriaceous shield,
which shield bears the posterior eyes. Anterior part of cephalo-
thorax covered with a similar, thick, coriaceous shield which is
sejiarated from the former mentioned one by an incomplete
suture, and bears a pair of large horn-like tubercles on its
anterior margin. All four pairs of coxae joined together, the
coxfe of each pair meeting at the median line. No sternum.
Ventral surface of abdomen covered by a single, thick, coria-
ceous plate which in the case of the female has a large aperture
for the genital and anal openings. Each of the latter is closed
liy a pair of folding chitinous doors, or covers. In the male the
genital and anal openings are separate, but are closed by
chitinous folding covers as in the female.
Type species: C. pacificiis n. sp.
128 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
This genus differs from Cceculus Duf. in that the palpi are
not raptorial but tactile, are composed of four instead of five
segments, and are unarmed instead of bearing claws. The eyes
are sessile, not stalked as in Cceculus, and a single, median
eye is also present. The arrangement of the shields which
cover the body is different from that found in Cceculus. There
is a pair of horn-like processes on the anterior part of the
cephalo-thorax and another pair on the dorsal aspect of the
chelieerae. The legs are less spinous than in Cceculus.
Ceratoacarus pacificus n. sp.
(Fig. 3)
Female — Robust; body and anterior pair of legs reddish
brown; the rest of the appendages a yellowish brown. Integ-
ument of the bod}', chelieerae and the anterior pair of legs well
chitinized and coarsely granular ; the integaiment of the remain-
ing parts of the body not so well chitinized and more finely
granular. Chelieerae very large, surpassing the jialpi ; together
they are almost as broad at their bases as the width of the
cephalo-thorax at its anterior end. Each chelicera bears at its
anterior end a small, curved, simple hair; and above near the
middle a jirominent horn-like tubercle, which bears in turn a
long, simple, tactile seta which extends beyond the tips of the
chelieerae. Segment I of palpus as broad as long; segment II
slightly over twice as long as broad; segment III subequal to
segment II; segment IV short, papilla-like, and bearing four
large, long tactile bristles and one much shorter bristle.
Cephalo-thorax not distinct from abdomen. Anterior shield
about three times as broad as long, and bearing at eacli anterior
lateral corner a prominent seta-bearing horn; seta of horn
simple, curved, aboiit twice as long as the horn itself and
arising from the lateral side of the same about one-half the
distance from the base. Median eye prominent, larger than
either of lateral eyes. Posterior dorsal shield covers all of the
abdomen and more than one-half of the cephalo-thorax; broad-
ened at the shoulder region where are situated the lateral eyes,
and just back of these a larger pair of sensory organs which
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
129
may serve as eyes, although they are quite different in form
and structure from the true eyes. The posterior dorsal shield
bears several prominent, curved, simi)le bristles, and a pair of
\'i
V% • j
^1
\^h/ /
m^Z
-''■^^^6
\
/
i
' W 1
Mm
q
\
St-
|V
K-
-=s:^'fW^
Figure 3. Ceratoacarus pacificiis n. sp.; dorsal view.
small sensory bristles above and in front of the eyes. Genito-
anal opening almost circular, as broad as long. Genital covers
quadrangular, three-fifths as broad as long. Anal covers small
130 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
but little over one-half as broad as the genital covers, longer
than broad, and projecting somewhat like a tubercle. Coxa?
flat, fixed, joined to each other; coxa I almost as broad as
long; coxa II narrower than I; coxa III narrower than II;
coxa IV slightly In-oader than III. Anterior pair of legs much
the largest, as long as the body; tarsus short, tapering, one-
half as long as tibia. Second pair of legs much shorter than
the first pair, onlj^ reaching slightly beyond the genual of leg
I. Third pair of legs subequal to second pair. Fourth ])air
of legs longer than the third i)air and extending beyond the
tii> of the body by about one-half the length of the tibia. Total
length of body, 1.50 nun. ; width, 0.80 mm.
Male — Similar to the female except for the characters on the
ventral surface of the abdomen. Genital opening circular,
much larger than the anal opening, and situated about one-half
its diameter from the posterior cox«; genital covers semidisc-
shaped. Anal opening oblong, about twice as long as broad,
and situated about one-third its length from the genital open-
ing; anal covers about one-fourth as broad and long.
From the top of Mt. Chintiinini, Oregon; under moist stones,
and under rotten logs ; by the writer. From Corvallis, Oregon ;
under an old piece of wood lying on moist ground; by the
writer.
Described from four females and three males.
Family ORIBATID^E
Genus Jugatala n. gen.
Mouth-parts well developed; chelicerae typical of the family,
strong, chelate ; jialpi composed of five segments ; first segment
very short, ring-like; second, large, about as long as the re-
maining segments taken together ; third and fourth, short, sub-
equal; distal segment narrow, long, with i:)rominent seta?.
LamelliB small, attached to the dorsovertex for their entire
length. Translamella present. Interlamellar hairs present.
Abdomen somewiiat depressed, broad. Pteromoriiha? curved
downward, truncated anteriorly, and united by a large lamellar,
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 131
shelf-like expansion so that the two wings are continuous.
Genital and anal openings large and widelj^ separated. Legs
moderate; ungTies tridactj'le, dactyles subequal.
Type species: J. tuherosa n. sp.
This genus is distinct from all other forms except some of
the species of the genus Pelops C. L. Koch in having the
pteromorpha? united with a broad shelf-like expansion from
the anterior margin of the abdomen. It differs from Pelops in
having stout, chelate chelicerae instead of long-drawn-out,
minutely chelate chelicerae; in having all of the abdominal hairs
setiform instead of some of them being spatulate, as well as in
other characters.
Jugatala tuherosa n. sp.
(Fig. 4)
Color medium brown; appendages paler than the body. In-
tegument of moderate thickness, granular. Cephalo-thorax
almost as broad as long. Lamella? small, of equal width
throughout their length, about one-half as long as the cephalo-
thorax; lamellar hairs long, straight, jiectinate, extending to
the tip of the cephalo-thorax. Translamella almost as long as
one of the lamellae, usually about one-half as broad as one of
the lamella'; at times it is almost obsolete, being broken in the
middle. Interlamellar hairs subequal and similar to lamellar
hairs, Imt slightly curved, divergent, situated slightly inward
and in front of pseudostigmata. Pseudostigma cup-shaped ;
jtseudostigmatic organ short with a short pedicel and a globose
head. Two pairs of tectopedia present, one pair for the first
and one pair for the second pair of legs ; first pair long, shovel-
like; second pair short, projecting, somewhat saucer-like.
Alidomen depressed, almost as broad as long. Pteromorphae
extending for about one-half the length of the abdomen, trun-
cated anteriorly, and each bearing dorsally a single, short,
curved seta not far from its anterior margin. The transverse
shelf-like jirojection which unites the two pteromorphae or
wings, which I will call the interalar i^iece, is quite broad; its
132 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Iireadth beiug equal to about three-fourths the length of the
translainella. Arouud the posterior margin of the abdomen
are situated three pairs of prominent tubercles, or tuberosities,
Figure 4. Jui/ataUi luberosa n. sp. ; dorsal view.
the anterior pair l)eing the smallest and the posterior pair the
largest. On the dorsum of the abdomen are situated nine pairs
of short, curved, simple setaj. Geuital covers subrectangular,
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 133
two-thirds as broad as long, situated between the posterior pair
of coxae. Anal covers larger than the genital covers, about
twice as broad posteriorly as anteriorly, and situated about
one and a half times their length from the genital covers. Legs
moderate ; anterior pair reaching beyond the tip of the cephalo-
thorax by full}' one-half their length; posterior pair reaching
slightly beyond the posterior margin of the abdomen. Ungues
tridactyle, dactyles subequal. Total length of the body, 0.58
mm. ; width 0.40 mm.
From Corvallis, Oregon; shaken from Douglas fir; by the
writer.
Of the seven specimens which I have of this sjiecies six are
females. This species is peculiar on account of the prominent
tuberosities on the posterior part of the abdomen, hence its
name, tuberosa.
Genus Tcnuiala n. gen.
Mouth-parts rather small; chelicerte, chelate; palpi comijosed
of five segments; first very small; second very large, stout;
third broad, short; fourth, short; fifth and last segment, long,
with prominent setae. Lamellje attached to dorsovertex for
their entire length. Translamella absent. Abdomen globose
or subglobose. Pteromorphae not hinged to abdomen ; composed
of a single large, long, cusp-like expansion which extends for-
ward almost to the tip of the cephalo-thorax. Genital and anal
openings widely separated. Legs moderate ; ungues, tridactyle ;
dactyles subequal.
Type species : T. iiuda n. sp.
This genus will doubtless include a few previously described
species, but none of these appear to have the pteromorphte with
such a distinctive shape as this one. The long, narrow, anter-
iorly directed, macro-cusp-like ptermorphae which are immovably
attached to the abdomen constitute the most distinctive char-
acteristic of this genus.
134
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Tenuiala nuda n. sp.
(Fig. 5)
General color a very dark brown. Integument smooth and
shiny. Cephalo-thorax small, about oue-third as long as the
\
/
A
%
1
h
§
A
[A
jk
1
^
f
u
i-^
V
\ X '^^'^^H
.
>^^
r
■ /*^1
^^
/yf ^1
■■■
J
^^ v\^
:^^
'r/fm
.■
Kx
^
Mm,
^■'l
l\
V
i\
^
;
J
r
i
Figure .J. Tenuiala nuda n. sp. ; dorsal view.
alidomen. Mouth-parts hidden from above. Lamelhr large,
long, of equal width throughout tlieir length, and extending
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 135
tlie wliole length of the cephalo-thorax. Lamellar hairs short,
curved, aud situated on the anterior ends of the lamelljE ahout
one-half the distance from the base of the same to their upper
edges. Interlamellar hairs absent. Pseudostigmatic organs
long, lance-shaped and slightly recurved. Abdomen globular,
nude. Pteromorpha? rigid, extending forward almost to the
tip of the ce])halo-thorax, notched at their tips. Ventral plate
as broad as long, shield-shape. Genital opening at the anterior
margin of ventral plate; as broad as long, and situated about
twice its length in front of the anal opening; genital covers
triangular. Anal opening much larger than genital ojiening
and situated about one-half its width from the posterior margin
of ventral plate ; anal covers rectangular ; twice as long as broad.
Legs moderate ; posterior pair not reaching as far as the pos-
terior margin of the abdomen. Total leng-th of body, 0.86 mm. ;
width, 0.60 mm.
From the top of Mt. t'hintimini, Oregon; imder a rotting log;
l»y the writer.
Described from four specimens. I can find no individual vari-
ations in any of them.
Family PIOPLODERMID^
Genus Phthiracanis Perty.
Phthiracarits vuLihinis n. sj).
(Fig. 6)
A large dark brown species. Integument granular, of medium
thickness. Cejjhalo-thorax about two-thirds as high as long, and
bearing dorsally three pairs of large bristles. The posterior pair
of bristles is about as long as the cephalo-thorax itself; the
middle pair is slightly shorter; the anterior pair is slightly
shorter than the middle pair. Pseudostigmata circular, shallow;
in diameter about equal to the width of femur of one of the legs.
PseudostigTuatic organ small, stoutlj^ setiform. Abdomen about
one-half as high as long, and bearing several prominent bristles,
including five dorsal pairs. Posterior end of abdomen pointed.
Genital covers about two-thirds as long as anal covers. Each of
136
JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
the genital covers bears a row of small genital spines near its
inner margin. Anal covers each bearing a few prominent sets.
Legs stout, almost equal; the anterior pair, however, is slightly
the largest ; tarsus of leg I one and a half times as long as tibia,
tibia slightly longer than genual. Ungues stout, one-half as long
as the tarsi from which they spring. Total length of the body,
2.00 mm. ; height, 0.98 mm.
Figure 6. Phthiracants maximiis n. sp.; side view.
From Corvallis, Oregon ; under an old piece of wood which was
lying on damp ground ; by the writer.
Described from three specimens. This species is at once
separated from all others of the genus by its large size.
The Anatomy of L,aila Cockerelli
MABEL GUERNSEY
In a recent number of this Jouenai, the circulatory system of this species was
described. The present paper is a continuation of that anatomical study.
In cross-sections of the animal, the liody-wall may be seen
to consist of an outer layer of epitheliimi; within that a thick
layer of rather sponjyy connective tissite, containins- spicules,
blood spaces, and in places gland cells ; and within that again a
tliin layer of muscle lining the l)ody cavity. The connective
tissue and muscle stain with picro-fuchsin in a manner similar
to mamalian muscle and connective tissue, the muscle fibres
staining yellowish-brown and the connective tissue pink or red-
dish. The epithelium is very thin, consisting of a single layer of
short columnar cells, containing a few mucus cells. Over the
foot, however, it al)ru]itly changes its character and the cells
become much elongated and very strongly ciliated, except at the
anterior margin of the foot, where they lose most of their cilia
and assume the appearance of gland cells. The connective tissue
layer is most dense over the back and becomes very loose and
spongy in the foot, which contains a mass of blood sinuses. It
contains numerous spicules in tlie back, a few at the sides, and
a very few in the foot. These are irregular in shape and size,
but usually large at the center and tapering toward the ends,
with a small angle at the center. Sometimes there is a short
branch springing off near the center or they are more sharply
angled. Around the spicules, the connective tissue is condensed
to form a capsule. In the foot the connective tissue contains
masses of gland cells, grouped just below the epithelium. Over
the main part of the foot these masses are rather scattered and
small, but at the anterior angle they abruptly become very
numerous and closely packed and the separate cells become
larger. Here also, as has been said, the epithelium changes,
losing most of its cilia and resembling the gland cells in staining
reaction. The muscular layer consists partly of a distinct laj^er
lining the body cavity and partly of strands of muscles extending
138 JOURNAI^ OK ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
tln-OTi,s>-h the eonnoctive tissue. The lining of the body cavity is
tliinnest over the hack (10 mierons), thickest over the side (30-40
microns) and slightly thinner over the foot than over the sides,
lint here it is strengthened by additional fibres in the connective
tissue. These form a layer just above the glandular ]iart of the
foot, as well as an interlacing network of fibres. Fibres also
branch off from the lining layer at the sides, above and below,
and run diagonally towards the mantle edge, towards the outer
angle of the foot, and into the ]>ai)illa^.
The paiiilla^ are club-shaped processes, coming off from the
mantle edge in groups of various sizes. They are covered with
an ejiithelium similar to that covering the rest of the body and
contain a large branch of the mantle nerve, a large blood sinus,
a core of spicules, and a gland. The sinus extends along the
dorsal side of the papilla. At first it has a distinct wall, but the
upper portion breaks up into branches which communicate with
interstices in the very spongy connective tissue of which the body
of the papilla is composed. The nerve lies just venti-al to the
sinus. It gives off many branches in its course and finally ter-
minates in the gland at the tip of the papilla. The core of
spicules extends from the base of the impilla for about two-
thirds of the distance to the tip, on the ventral side. It is sur-
rounded by a layer of circular muscle fibres and receives the
fibres spoken of above as coming off diagonally from the mus-
cular layer of the l)ody wall. The gland of the papilla is situated
at the tip. It consists of a spherical mass of cells enclosed in a
heavy wall, and opening by a short duct surrounded by a thick
mass of circular muscle fibres. Nearly all of the cells of these
glands were empty in the preparations, probably because the
animal discharged the secretion when it was killed, but a few
contained large, dark-staining granules in a lighter, alveolar
mass. These full cells were pear-shaped, the nucleus being situ-
ated at the base at the smaller end, antl the cells were apparently
attached to the basement membrane by long, slender processes.
As the whole structure of the gland would indicate that it is
intended to forcibly eject the secretion, it seems likely that it is
used as an instrument of defense.
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 139
The Alimentary Canal. The mouth opens on the ventral
side, as a large, laminated opening covered with ciliated epithe-
lium, which leads into a cavity in which the end of the buccal
mass projects. This buccal mass consists of two layers of muscle
with a food chamber between. The outer layer consists of a
heavy mass of circularly disposed fibres, opening anteriorly into
the mouth cavity by means of a narrow slit. This outer mass
is covered by a regularly ridged cuticle, secreted by a layer of
short, columnar cells, which is especially heavy near the free end
and becomes thin and flat near the base of the buccal mass.
Within these circular muscles is a cavity into which projects
the muscles over which the radula moves. These consist of two
lateral masses, fastened together below by a band of muscle, and
aliove by a thin layer which consists mainly of epithelium. Be-
tween these two masses is a cavity, which communicates directlj'
with the arterial system. The radula is grooved above this
cavity so as to dip down into it. Toward the posterior end of
the buccal mass sinuses appear between the outer muscles and
the epithelium lining the buccal cavity and extend in size, as
the buccal food cavity diminishes, so that the posterior part of
the muscles of the radula is almost entirely surrounded by
sinuses. When this takes place the sinus between the radula
muscles communicates with those surrounding them. At the
posterior end of the Iniccal mass the ditferent sets of muscles
gradually blend together. The gland where the formation of
the radula takes place is situated in the continuation of the
groove between the muscles over which the radula moves. It
is situated at the extreme end of the buccal mass where it pro-
jects as a little knob. It is lined with tall slender columnar cells,
with a dark-staining granular protoplasm and oval nuclei situ-
ated near the center of the cell. At the upper side of the capsule
is a mass of unditferentiated tissue from which several layers
of large irreg-ular shaped cells branch off. In the space between
these two kinds of cells the radula is formed, the teeth probably
by the irregular inner cells and the basement membrane by the
columnar lining layer. From the mouth the food passes through
the cavity between the two sets of muscles, and up over the
140 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
radula, as the cavity narrows. About half way between the
two ends of the linccal mass the oeso]iliagus branches off on the
upper side, but the buccal food cavity does not end when this
takes place, but extends as a blind pocket nearly to the end of
the buccal mass.
Close to the point where the oesophas'us branches otT, minute
ducts from the salivary glands enter the buccal food cavity, one
on each side. These glands are long, unbranched tubes, lined
with cubical epithelial cells. They lie loosely in the body cavity
back of the buccal mass, and in two specimens examined the
ends were fused.
After leaving the buccal mass the oesophagus goes back be-
tween the ganglia of the central nervous system, gradually be-
coming larger, passes below the liver, and enters the stomach on
the under side. The stomach itself is rather small but communi-
cates with the liver by numerous large openings, so as to make
its actual capacity considerably larger. The stomach is lined,
as are the oesophagus and intestine, with ciliated epithelium.
The liver consists of branching tubes lined with tall columnar
cells with a fine granular protoplasm. On the iipper side of
the stomach is a cpecum, about twice as large as the intestine,
in diameter, which is lined with glandular cells of a different
character than those of the liver. Directly in back of this
caecum the intestine leaves the stomach. It runs forward over
the surface of the liver to the extreme anterior end, then curves
to the right and runs back to a point just beneath the branchiae,
where it becomes slightly enlarged and laminated and curves
upward to open within the circle of the branchial plumes.
The Nephridium. The kidney is a thin-walled sac with many
ramifications that cover the whole surface of the liver mass and
extend for a short distance down the sides. The walls are
formed by a single layer of large, cubical granular cells on a
very thin liasement membrane. These contain round, dark-
staining nuclei and a small amount of protoplasm near the base,
the rest of the cell usually being clear. The kidney communi-
cates with the pericardium near the point where the right
lateral siniis enters the right auricle, by means of a tubular
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 141
valve lined with cubical cells, bearing remarkably long and
heavy cilia. The external opening of the kidney is by a short
slender canal that ends on the anal papilla, just in front of
the anus.
The Nervous System. The nervous system of Laila cock-
erelli is centralized in a manner similar to that of the tyi^ical
Doridida>. In the cerebro-pleural mass the fusion seems even
greater than usual, so that when viewed from above no dis-
tinction into cerebral and pleural ganglia can be made out,
although on the under side two distinct lobes are visible. Below
the posterior part of the cerebro-pleural are situated the pedal
ganglia, which are well developed and joined to them by very
short connectives. There are also a pair each of olfactory,
optic, and visceral ganglia, making six pairs in all of supra-
cesophageal, as well as the single pair of buccal ganglia, which
are infra-cesophageal. The buccal ganglia are normally situ-
ated most anteriorly, but their position relative to the rest of
the ganglia varies with the position of the buccal mass, as
the buccal ganglia have a fixed position close to the origin of
the oesophagus and so are moved forward and backward when
the buccal mass is moved, while the other ganglia are com-
paratively stationary.
The buccal ganglia are ovoid, about 200 microns in the long-
est diameter, joined to each other by a very short commisure,
and to the cerebral by a long, slender connective that has its
origin a short distance in front of the cerebro-pedal connective.
They give off four pairs of nerves. Three of these enter the
l)uccal mass directly, the posterior pair going to the region of
the origin of the tongue. The fourth pair, which bear numer-
ous minute ganglia, go upwards to the oesophagus, and run
backwards between it and the salivary glands, to which
branches are probably given, and continue back to the liver
mass, where they probably join the network of accessory nerves
and ganglia, although this could not be positively determined
in the specimens examined. This accessory system, which is
descrilied by Hancock and Embleton as covering the stomach
and the lobes of the livermass in Doris, is very delicate in this
142 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
species, and all that conld be seen in the sections were occa-
sional very minnte ganglia. The gastro-oesophageal ganglia
which are described as occurring on the anterior border of the
buccal ganglia in typical Dorididae, are apparently completely
fused with the buccal, which are regularly ovoid in shape and
show no protuberances or other trace of the gastro-cesophageal
ganglia, excepting the single nerve.
The olfactory ganglia, which are about 150 microns in their
longest diameter, are closely attached to the upper, anterior
border of the cereln-al. They give off a single pair of large
nerves, the olfactory. These go forwards for some distance
and pass through the muscles of the body wall, but instead of
entering the rhinophores directly, go downward and then bend
sharply, thus making an S-shaped bend in their course. This
is undoubtedly because of the retractility of the rhinophores,
all of the observations being of necessity made on retracted
rhinophores, as the animal withdraws them upon the slightest
disturbance. Within the trunk of the rhinophore in the con-
tracted condition, the nerve has a knotted and twisted appear-
ance.
The cereliro-pleural ganglia are by far the largest, measur-
ing nearly .5 mm. lengthwise. They are roughly rectangular
in shape, and, as has been stated, appear from the upper side
as a single pair of ganglia, liut on the lower side are divided
transversely into two lobes. In section also they show a trans-
verse division into two centers. They are connected dorsally
by a large, very short, cerebro-pleural commissure, which con-
tains fibres anteriorly from the cerebral and posteriorly from
the iileural portions of the ganglia. Ventrally they are joined
by the visceral commissure, which bears the visceral ganglia
and has its origin on the under side of the posterior part of
the pleural ganglia. Besides the nerves of the rhinophores,
eyes, and otocysts, the cerebro-pleural ganglia give off eight
pairs of nerves. Five of these, which are given off close to-
gether on tlie anterior lateral border, may be said to arise
from the cerebral ganglion. The nerves numbered 2, 3, 5, 6 in
the figure all give branches to the muscles around the mouth,
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 143
number 3 also going to the tentacle and the sub-pallial ridge,
and 5 and 6 giving branches to a gland in the mouth muscles.
Number 4 is a very small nerve which rims forward to the
muscles of the body wall. The nerves of the pleural portion
are three in number, the first two originating as one nerve
which soon branches. They may be called the anterior (7),
median (8), and posterior (9), mantle nerves, as they supply
the whole length of the mantle. The main trunk of any of these
mantle nerves lies in the liody cavity, close to the body wall
for most of its length, liut finally passes through the body wall
and lies near the large lateral blood sinus. Branches cross the
body wall just lielow the large sinus, usually between it and
one of its liranches, and run along just outside of it, giving
off branches to the papilla\ These branches usually originate
near the branches of the sinus and the branches of both systems
in the papilla are closely connected. The nerves that go to the
jiainllse are large and have some ganglion cells near their
origin. They give numerous fibres throughout the length of
the papilla, and finally terminate around the gland at the apex.
The pedal ganglia are situated below the posterior part of
the cereliro-pleural and extend slightly beyond the lateral mar-
gins, so that they are usually visible from above. They are
nearly spherical and measure about 250 microns in diameter.
They are joined to the cerebro-pleural ganglia by two con-
nectives, placed close together, the fibres of one passing to the
cerebral and of the other to the pleural portion, and to each
other by commissures which are closeh' connected with each
other and with the visceral commissure for the larger part of
their course, but have separate origins. The pedal ganglia give
off a pair of very small nerves that run forward to the body
wall (14), and anterior (15), median (16), and posterior (17)
pedal nerve. These run along inside the muscles of the body
wall at the angle of the side and foot, giving otf branches with
ganglionic enlargements, which branch and rebranch, sending
fibres to the muscles, skin, and glands of the foot. They also
give small branches to the muscles of the body wall at the
side and foot. The pedal ganglia also give off another pair of
144 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
nerves, which differ in size and distribution. The one on the
left side (13) is small and runs directly back to the body wall,
while the one on the right side (11) is large and runs to the
genital ganglion, one of the branches of which (12) corresponds
in distribution to the whole left nerve.
The visceral ganglia are situated back of the pedal, just
below the pleural, to which they are closely attached. The right
is larger than the left (about 100 microns in diameter) but
there is a distinct ganglion which sends a small nerve (25) to
the mucus gland. This is a slightly different arrangement than
any observed by Elliott, or Hancock and Embleton, as they
figure only one visceral ganglion, the right, which they consider
a fusion of the various visceral ganglionic centers. The right
visceral ganglion sends off three nerves, as does the unpaired
visceral ganglion of other species, but two of these are ex-
tremely small. The shortest (19) goes back along the albumen
gland, to which it gives nerves and finally enters the liver-
mass near the oesophagus. The next in size (20) gives off a
branch (21) which goes in the direction of the genital ganglion,
although I was not able to determine whether it actually joins
this ganglion. The main nerve then continues back beside the
posterior pedal nerve, giving off branches to the mucus gland,
then changes its course, gives a branch to the intestine, and
finally divides into two branches, one going to the hermaphro-
dite gland and the other to the nephridia. The largest nerve
(18) gives branches to the aorta and blood gland, continues
back beneath the heart, to which it gives a branch, gives
branches to the neiJhridia, and nephridial valve, and finally
joins the central ganglion of the branchial plexus.
The optic ganglia are very small (about 50 microns) ovoid,
and attached to the upper surface of the cerebral by short
connectives. They give otf very minute nerves to the eyes.
The accessory nervous system was only determined in certain
portions, since the nerves are very fine and run in a complex
mass of muscles, connective tissue, and glands, and special
methods could not be employed because of lack of material.
The gastro-heptic plexus is apparently much reduced, as no
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 145
large gang-lia, similar to the braueliial and genital, were visible,
such ganglia as appeared being very minute. The genital
plexus is greatly fused, forming a single ganglion as large as
one of the buccal ganglia, which gives off several nerves to
the reproductive organs, as well as one nerve (12) to the body
wall, which is apparently homologous with (13). The branchial
plexus consists of several fairly large ganglia, which give off
larger nerves than are found in other portions of the accessory
system. The central ganglion receives a nerve from the vis-
ceral ganglion and branches from the posterior mantle nerve,
these latter having passed through ganglia which give off
branches to the heart and brancliial region. The central
ganglion gives oft' branches to the nephridia and the region
around the intestine, and is joined to a small ganglion just
above it, which gives nerves to the three branchias.
The Sense Organs. The otocysts are buried between the
cerebro-pleural and pedal gangiiaT just inside the eerebro-
pleural and pleuro-pedal connectives. They are oval mem-
branous capsules about 50 microns long, lined with a few much
elongated cells. The otoconia appeared to be very small par-
ticles, but they may have been partly eroded by the acid used
in the iixing solution.
The eye is nearly globular and slightly elongated from front
backwards, where it measures about 75 microns. It lies in a
mass of connective tissue somewhat in front of the optic
ganglion, to which it is attached by a very small nerve. The
coat of the eye itself is a thin, compact, connective tissue layer,
much thinner in front than in liack. The lens is nearly oval
and in section appears to be formed of a thick capsule, contain-
ing an alveolar substance, or at least, a substance that con-
denses into globules after fixation. Back of this is a thick
cap-shaped layer of pigment granules, and back of these and
closely connected with them are a few cells of rather indefin-
ate outline, containing large granular nuclei, very similar to
the nuclei of some of the nerve cells. The whole appearance
and location of the eye would indicate that it does not fulfill
any very important function. It is not only situated below the
146 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
thick outer body wall, but surrounded by a mass of connective
tissue as well. Tlie nerve which it receives is extremely minute
when compared to the nerve which goes to the rhinophores, for
instance, and there is no organized retina.
The rhinophores are situated well forward and somewhat
at the sides of the head. They consist of a stout central stalk
divided transversely into twelve prominent leaves. The length
of the central stalk is about 0.6 mm. in the contracted condition.
AVhen retracted, the rliinojihores are completely withdrawn into
a little cavity in the integument, the upjier surface of the rhi-
nojihore being at a level with the oi)ening of the cavity. In
section it may l)e seen that the lamellae are covered by an epi-
thelium of tall, slender cells with small, darkly-staining nuclei
in the basal portion. These cells appear to bear short cilia, but
not nearly such prominent ones as those in some other places,
as the foot. A very large nerve enters the stalk of the rhino-
phore and gives five branches to the lamellae. Muscle fibres
run up the sides of the stalk and these also send a few fibres
to the lamellae. The rhinophores are by far the most highly
developed sense organs of L. cockerelU.
The tentacles and the suli-pallial ridge receive large nerves
which end close to their upjier surfaces, which are somewhat
lamellated and bear a ciliated epithelium.
The Eepeoductive System. The hermaphroditic gland is a
racemose gland extending over the uiiper surface of the liver,
below and between the branches of the uephridia. It reaches
down on both sides below the level of the paiiillae and extends
well over the caudal and cephalic ends of the liver. The sper-
matozoa develop in large follicles, each surrounded by several
smaller ovarian follicles which open into it. The spermatic
follicles open into small ducts which come together to form the
large duct of the hermai)hroditic gland. In all but one of the
specimens examined, both ova and spermatozoa were develop-
ing. In that one the female organs were dormant and the ova
had only just begtm to develop. The ovarian follicles usually
contain several ova in various stages of growth as well as small
cells with a darker-staining protoplasm that were wedged in
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 147
between the ova around the edge of the follicle to form a sort
of lining layer. These were probably undifferentiated ova and
nurse cells. In the spermatic follicles columns of spermatogonia
were usually found in the upper part and bunches of sper-
matozoa in the lower. Between these are columns showing
several different stages. From the hermaphroditic gland ex-
tends a long slender duct to the ampulla. In all the specimens
examined it was found packed full of spermatozoa. In the dis-
tended condition it is a large, jiear-sliaped sac, with a wall 10
microns thick. There is no epithelial lining la.yer, apparently.
From the ampulla extends a short, ciliated duct. It soon
divides into two jiarts, the male duct, which is very small and
lined with short cilia, and the larger female duct, lined with
very long, strong cilia. This strongly ciliated duct is rather
short and opens into a lamellated portion lined with ordinary
short cilia. The lamellated portion divides almost at once into
two parts, one leading to the spermatotheca, the other to the
oviduct.
The duct to the spermatotheca, or rather from the sperma-
totheca, gradually becomes smaller and after a somewhat wind-
ing course enters a mass of circularly disposed muscle fibres,
the arrangement of which would indicate that they act as a
valve. In the center of this muscle mass is a small chamber
from which three ducts pass, — the above mentioned duct which
joins it to the oviduct, a duct to the spermatocyst, and a duct
to the spermatotheca. The duct to the spermatocyst is small
and the spermatocyst itself is a small, thin-walled, oval sac,
lined with short columnar cells which appear ciliated although
not prominently so in the preparations. In one animal sec-
tioned the spermatocyst was empty, in the others it was packed
full of spermatozoa and distended to twice or more than twice
its size when empty. In the one animal in which the sperma-
tocyst was empty all the female organs were dormant and ova
were not developing in the hermaphroditic gland, while the
glands of the male organs were active and spermatozoa were
found in some of the passages ; in all the other animals, the
female organs were in a state of activity.
148 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
The duct from the spennatotheca is small and ciliated. The
s])ermatotheca itself is a large, spherical sac, lined with long
(lark-staining, eolinnuar cells. These have large, oval nuclei
.just below the free surface and in the resting condition (in the
one specimen where the female organs were dormant) ap]iear
covered with a brown cuticle. In all the other specimens the
cells lining the spermatotheca were much elongated and pouring
forth a secretion. The spermatotheca was much more expanded
in the active than in the dormant specimen and the epithelium
over part of the surface usually appeared to be more or less
broken down, perhaps due to the excessive secretion. This
would make it appear that the spermatotheca is more than a
mere resting place for the spermatozoa, the function which is
ascribed to it by Alder and Hancock. The duct from the
external opening to the spermatotheca leaves very near the
opening of the duct from the spennatotheca to the oviduct.
This is at first small but becomes larger and more strongly
ciliated, and ends close to the opening of the penis in a small
opening surrounded by a heavy ring of muscle fibres.
The oviduct in the dormant specimen appears as a tortuous
channel lined with short cilia, surrounded by a mass of connec-
tive tissue, in which lie numerous branching glands. These are
rather large sacs lined with dark-staining columnar epithe-
lium, the nuclei of which lie at the base of the cells. In the
dormant state these glands do not differ much from each other,
but in the active state they become very much changed in
appearance and differentiate into two types. One becomes very
much larger, the cells becoming full of a homogeneous secre-
tion and swollen to a length of 120 microns or more, the cell
outlines become very indistinct, and the whole mass stains very
faintly, although the nuclei stain very deeply. The other gland
is small and lies in the center of the mass, and farther from the
external opening than the other. It consists of branching tubes
lined with columnar cells about 80 microns long and with rather
a large lumen. These cells are sharply differentiated from
those of the other gland l)y the fact that they stain deeply
and the secretion is granular and is poured out into the lumen
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 149
in large droplets. I have not determined the exact relation of
these glands to the oviduct, but in the dormant specimen the
glands are separate and open into the oviduct by numerous
channels, and in active specimens, for at least a portion of its
course, the oviduct is separate. The oviduct ends in a large
opening with folded walls, situated in back of and somewhat
below the other two genital openings.
The male branch of the common duct is very short and opens
into a large, thin-walled, convoluted, glandular sac. The walls
of this sac are lined with columnar epithelium about 50 microns
high, which seems to consist entirely of mucus cells. The upper
portion of nearly all the cells is empty and presents the char-
acteristic apiiearance of mucus cells, there being only a little
protoplasm gathered around the spherical dark-staining nuclei
at the base of the cells.
It is possible that these cells possess cilia, as there is usually
a condensation of substance just bej'ond their upper borders,
but this may be a secretion product, and, if it does indicate cilia,
these cilia are very small and scanty. Near the end of the
glandular sac, the cells at one side become changed in character.
They remain about the same length as the mucus cells, but
become more closely packed, so that the nuclei which lie at the
extreme base, lie side by side, almost touching each other. The
cells are full of dark-staining secretion for about half their
length. The upper half is much less dense, but contains the same
substance, which is being thrown off into the lumen, where it
collects in droplets. This area of secreting cells gradually widens
so as to include the whole of the end of the gland, which soon
narrows down into a ciliated duct. The duct gradually de-
creases in size and the epithelial cells become shorter, while a
surrounding layer of circularly placed muscle fibres becomes
gradually thicker, until it passes into a tube, where it opens
into a wide canal, lined with very short, strongly ciliated cells
and surrounded by a heavy muscular wall. The external open-
ing is large, and the lining membrane is thrown into folds.
150 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
SUMMARY
1. The muscular system consists of two i)arts, a layer lining
the body cavity, and strands passing through the connective
tissue to the foot, papilla?, and mantle.
2. The liver communicates with the stomach by numerous
large openings. The whole alimentary canal is ciliated.
3. The kidney is a large sac, with many ramifications, lined
with clear, cubical cells, on a very thin basement membrane.
4. The cerebro-pl'eural ganglia apjiear fused in a mass
above, but below and in section show their separate origin.
There is a small visceral ganglion on the left side, which sends
off one nerve; and a larger one on the right, wliich sends off
three. The gastro-o?soi)hageal ganglia are completely fused
with the buccal. The ganglia of the gastro-heptic accessory
[)lexus are very small, those of the other plexuses are fused
into a few large ganglia.
5. The blood from the posterior aorta passes to the liver
mass and thence to the branchijT' before returning to the heart.
The blood from the anterior aorta passes back through the
lateral sinuses, being aeriated through the skin and especially
in the papillae.
6. The reproductive organs contain numerous glands. The
male organs have a large, thin-walled accessory gland, lined
with cells that appear empty in the sections, and a smaller
gland, lined with tall cells full of globules of secretion material.
The oviduct bears a large gland, the cells of which are swollen
and full of homogeneous secretion; and within that a smaller
gland with dark-staining granular cells. There are a sperma-
totheca and spermatocyst.
JOURNAI^ OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 151
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Born 1910
Beitrage zur feineren Anatomic der Phyllirhoe bucephala.
Zeit. fur wiss. Zool.
Dreyer 1910
Uber das Blutgefasz iind Nervensysteni der Aeolidida' iind
Tritonida?. Zeit. fur wiss. Zool.
FAiot 1910
The Briti.sh niidibranchiate Mollusca. Ray soc, Part VIII.
Guernsey, Mabel 1913
The circulatory system of Laila cockerelli. Jour. ent. and
zool. Vol. V, No. 2.
Hancock and Emblcton 1852
On the anatomy of Doris. Phil, trans.
MacFarland 1905
A preliminary account of the Dorididae of Monterey Bay.
California. Proc. biol. soc. "Wash.
(Contrihidion from the Zoological Laboratory of Pomona Callage.)
152
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Figure 1
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
153
Figure 2
154
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Figure 3
jouknaIj of entomology and zoology
155
c
^»^
Figure 4
156 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Figure 5
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 157
DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES
Figure 1. A, central nervous system X50; 1, nerve to rhinophore; 3, 5, to gland
in buccal mass and muscles of mouth; 3, to mouth, tentacle, and sub-
pallial ridge; 4, to body wall; 6, to mouth muscles; 7, anterior; 8,
median; 9, posterior mantle nerve; 10, cerebro-buccal connective; 11,
to genital ganglion; 12, to body wall; 15, anterior; 16, first posterior;
17, second posterior pedal nerve; 18, from visceral ganglion to branchial
plexus; 19, to albumen gland and liver; iO, to mucus gland, intestine,
etc.; 21, to genital ganglion (proljably); 22, to brnnchia; 23, from pos-
terior mantle vein to branchial plexus; 24, brandies to papillae, (in all
other cases only the origin of the nerves to the papillae is
shown); 25, to alliunien gland. B, eye; C, cells from central ganglion
showing variation in size. D, section through central ganglia; 1, cere-
bral; 2, pleural; 3, pedal ganglion; E, the central ganglia; F, rhino-
phore in section.
Figure 2. A, ovarian follicle; B, spermatic follicle; C, gland cells from light
portion of male accessory gland; D, cells from dark portion; E, cells
from albumen gland (female); F, active; G, dormant cells from
spermatotheca.
Figure 3. A, cross section body wall; B, gland cells from foot; D, gland of papilla;
E, spicules; F, cross section of papilla.
Figure 4. A, cross section buccal mass; B, point of junction of stomach and liver
epithelium; D, cross section salivary gland; E, tip of branchia; F,
nephridial valve.
Figure 5. Reproductive system. Hermaphroditic portion striped, female dotted,
male plain.
The Collector's By-Product
XIMENA MC GLASHAN
Triickee, Cal.
Present methods of collecting Lepidoptera conld be improved
jnst as the great packing lionses have improved the meat busi-
ness, by utilizing the by-product. Expressed differently, the
battered and unsalable female moths and liutterfies which the
collector throws away can be made to produce more perfect
s]iecimens than his entire catch. Of two females of a species
unknown to science, I i^refer one that is slightly damaged to
one which has just emerged from pupa. The latter counts one
perfect specimen, the former probably contains fertile eggs
and may produce hundreds of perfect specimens.
Entomological works are strangely silent as to the utter
simplicity and untold value of propagating Lepidoptera. They
instruct the collector to use the net, search for eggs, larva^ and
pupae, sugar for moths, use traps and visit lights, beat bushes,
and all that, but fail to tell him that a battered female will
nearly always lay eggs if placed in a paper bag or box.
Edwards, Scudder and all the great authorities give minute
descriijtions of larval transformations, but fail to state that
collectors could indefinitely multiply their output by obtaining
eggs from each desirable variety by saving the usually dis-
carded females. Writers of Nature books tell of the great
ditficulty they had in finding eggs of certain varieties when all
they had to do to obtain them was to imprison a slightly worn
female.
A female Catocnla has been known to oviposit foi;rteen hun-
dred fertile eggs. The resulting adults, if propagated and
equally prolific, would produce half a million eggs. Artificial
]iropagation of fish yields such wonderful returns that it seems
incredil)le that no writer has advocated the same methods in
obtaining quantities of perfect butterflies and moths. My
father has been my teacher, and he learned under the direct
tuition of Harry Edwards and W. IT. Edwards, forty years
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 159
ago. I am only nineteen years old and began entomological
work July 15tli, 1912, l)ut in eleven weeks last year I canglit,
bred and sold to Dr. William Barnes of Decatur, Illinois, eleven
thousand five hundred specimens.
All the moths and about one-half of the species of butterflies
will oviposit in boxes and bags and many kinds do not even
require food. If the imprisoned female demands food, place
daily in her prison house a bit of dried apple soaked in water
sweetened with honey. With the varieties mentioned there is
no other work or worry. Larvae and pupaj resulting from the
eggs thus obtained will l)e safe from the ravages of parasites,
and the method of rearing them is fully described in the books.
What the l)ooks do not tell is that with these varieties there is
uo trouble in getting eggs. The entire story may be told thus:
Put your unsalable females in paper boxes and bags and feed
them if necessary.
About half the species of butterflies require the presence of
the living plant upon which their larvae feed else they will die
without laying eggs. W. H. Edwards confined them in nail
kegs covered with gauze and placed over the plant. Ordinary
l)aper bags tied over sprays of the living plant are less cum-
bersome and fully as satisfactory. It is necessary, however, to
know the foodplant. I have printed charts of all the known
foodplants of butterflies and moths, and will send them postage
paid to any person interested, upon application. I want addi-
tions and corrections for future, perfected charts. It is my
aim to sometime produce perfect lists of foodplants for all
Lepidoptera and I shall certainly fail if collectors and scien-
tists do not assist me.
If you do not know the foodplant of the larvae which hatch
from the eggs of a given female, you at least know it grows in
the locality where you found the female. If you discover the
foodplant you have added an atom to scientific knowledge.
Place on the tin lid of an inverted jelly glass the newly hatched
larvae and narrow slices of twenty different leaves. If they eat
any given leaf you have found a foodplant which will answer
temporarily, but it is well to introduce another and another
IfiO JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
score of slips until you have discovered their favorite. It is
not a difficult thing, usually, to find something suitable. If you
know the foodplfints of other members of the family your
species will probably accept leaves of these plants. The scien-
tist wishes to kno\^the natural foodplant of each species, but
the butterfly farmer is content if he finds "something just as
good." The natural foodplant exists in the region where the
insect is found. You have a great advantage, therefore, over
the distant scientist who attemi3ts to rear the larvae in a dif-
ferent zone, perhaps, and without the slightest clue as to its
natural preference, j-et the scientist often succeeds. Even
beginners, like myself, are glad to receive shipments of eggs ac-
companied by the mother insects.
I do not minimize the distracting difficulties of propagating
certain species of Lepidoptera, but I boldly assert that there
is no difficulty at all with the majority, the vast majority of
species. Where the beginner makes one failure he will make
many successes. Always remember that the rarest species are
generally as easily propagated as the commonest, that all will
lay their eggs if they have an opportunity, and that butterfly
farming does not interfere at all with your collecting, for you
are utilizing the by-product, the damaged females of your
catches. With ever so little outlay of time and trouble you will
multiply your output a hundredfold.
During the past year I have corresponded with over a thou-
sand people who are eagerly interested in butterfly farming,
and I have taught its elementary principles to hundreds of
enthusiastic pupils without asking any compensation except
gratuitous offerings of specimens from each locality. At any
time I should be glad to correspond with those interested in
this work.
Studies in Laguna Beach Isopoda, II
BLANCHE E. STAFFORD, M.S.
Nearly everyone who frequents the seashore and is half alive
to the many opportunities which the water, rocks and sand offer
in a study of the manifestations of life which they can reveal,
has become acquainted with the form and habits of such crus-
taceans as the lobsters, crabs and shrimps. There are very few,
also, who do not know the livel.v little sand-fleas which pojiulate
so thickly the sandy beach. Not many realize, however, that
these latter are relations of the big lobster and crab, as they
are, and that they are of myriad forms and habits; that they
live not alone in the sand, but in the shallow pools, under rocks,
on the sea mosses and in the deep waters. But still less do they
know of the Isopoda, the near neighbors of the sand fleas, or
Amphipoda. It is with certain Isopoda, relatives of the lobster
and crab and sand-flea, that this paper deals. The reason we
know so little, as casual observers, of these little creatures is
that they are very secretive and love to hide themselves in
obscure places ; their characteristic manner of crawling, instead
of hopping as do the Amphipoda, makes them less conspicuous
than the latter. But they are in reality very numerous and
most interesting in the variety of forms they exhibit. To know
them one has only to catch them at the proper time and place
and to ferret them out of their retreats. Frequent the beach
at a time when the tide is fast advancing and you will see along
the line left by the receding water whole hosts of these little
crawlers, scurrying out of their holes for the high and dry
sands. Go in the very early morning when the tide is at
its lowest mark to the mossy rocks which lie uncovered then.
As you turn them over one by one you will find many inter-
esting tilings, among them numbers of amphipods that slide
around on their sides, and a great plenty of very active
isopods. You may gather some of the moss on the rocks and
with the help of a hand lens find that it is peopled with minuter
forms which you cannot see without this careful scrutiny. And
162 JOTJKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
there are still many otlier places in which some one or another
of tliis isopod group dwells. Some are securely fortified within
the minute chambers of the sponges; some are tube builders
or excavators; some have sought the crevices of the big dry
rocks where they neighbor with the shore cral)s; and some
are even fond of the muddy shore of a stagnant lagoon; still
others inhabit the gill chambers of tish or crabs, living a
parasitic and degenerate life. Though many of the Isopoda
are marine there are also many terrestrial and fresh-water
forms, the former known to most of us by their representative,
the common sow-bug, or wood-louse, or pill-bug, as it is vari-
ously called.
Not less interesting than the numbers and habitat of these
animals is their diversity in color and form as adapted to their
environment. Those inhabiting the sandy and rocky places are
provided with a chitinous crusty structure and are colored a
dull gray or brown which favors well their characteristic love
for obscurity. Those which dwell in the pools or on the moss
are more delicate and are provided with special swimming,
organs. On the green Algse there are elongated isopods, green
in color and hardly distinguishable from the moss on which
they occur, and similarly brown forms on the brown Alga\ A
most interesting instance of these color adaptations which I
observed in my study at Laguna Beach was that of an isopod
which dwells on the oral surface of a sea urchin; it was a dark
reddish-purple in color, so very like that of its host that one
could scarcely distinguish it when at rest. Much might be said
of the diversity and beauty of color of the marine Isopoda,
but that is a study in itself.
It appears that the Isopoda and Amphipoda are somewhat
closely related, since both can be grouped under the . more
limited division, Arthrostraca. The)' differ from each other
as follows : the Isojjoda are dorso-\'entrally flattened, the
Amphipoda laterally compressed. There are other differences
such as modified second and third thoracic appendages and a
differentiation of abdominal segments into two sets in the
Amphijjoda, A common and ^Jopular distinction is the crawl-
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGX 163
ing habit of the isopod and the hopping habit of the Amphi-
poda. Such a distinction is not entirely valid however, since
neither of these characteristics is common to all the forms of
either group.
The Isopoda body is differentiated into: (1), a head having
sessile, usually compound eyes which may be contiguous or
distant; antenna? of two pairs, generally; a set of delicate
mouth parts, consisting of an upper and lower lip, two pairs
of maxilla?, a pair of mandibles and a pair of maxillipeds; (2),
a thorax of seven segments of similar structure, each bearing
a iiair of legs; the legs are often similar, a characteristic which
led Latreille to name them Isopoda from two Greek words
meaning "equal" and "foot". Latreille, however, was not
accpuiinted with the many exceptional forms such as the modi-
fied first leg for grasping purposes or the jiosterior swimming-
legs found in some species; (3), an abdomen consisting usually
of six segments, five of which bear pleopods (respiratory and
natatory organs) ; the sixth with a pair of uropoda (natatory
organs). The Isopoda do not develop through a series of larval
stages but through direct development. The females are jiro-
vided with marsupial plates which form a brood jjouch in the
sexually mature individual.
After a careful study of the complicated and finely adjiisted
structure of these creatures one must have gained a great
respect for them and for the comi)Iete and perfect results which
nature has here effected. Add to this study a knowledge of the
actual service rendered b}^ the Isoi)oda in the economy of
nature and one's interest in them will be increasingly greater.
Have you ever stopped to consider how very rich in life the
sea is, with its multitudes of marine plants and animals f Have
you further considered how many of these forms are constantly
being destroyed in one way or another and subject to the pro-
cesses of decay! If so, you have often wondered how the sea
is kept ever sweet and pure. For a solution, in part, of this
question I would ask you to turn to the isoi)ods and their asso-
ciates, the amphipods. These small animals, many of them al-
most microscopic in size, are the scavengers of the waters and it
164 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
is their service to remove the waste of ocean life. The latter are
free swimmers and in their wanderings scour the surface of the
waters. The former usually remain close in their native haunts
and it is they who purify the substrata of the sea. Not here
does their service end. So abundant are they that they form a
part of the food of many fish and thus they are indirectly food
providers for men. To these ends the Isopoda are very widely
distributed. They are most abundant in the northern waters.
Thence they extend in varying numl)ers to the warm southern
waters and the temperate shores and from east to west. So
great is their importance that we dare not speculate as to the
state of unstable equilibrium in nature which their sudden and
thorough destruction would cause. Suffice it to say, that at
present no such calamity is pending, for the isopods are a
mighty throng and well equipped by nature to survive.
In the studies which follow I have described and illustrated
twelve species collected at Laguna Beach, California, in the
summer of 1911. One of these is a new species, two are new
varieties. A number of the others, although noted before, have
not been illustrated at all before or if so not at all completely.
List of the Species Represented in this Study
Superfamily FLABELLIFERA
A. Family CTROLANID.E
Genus Cirolana
Cirolaiia Jiarfurdi (Lockington)
B. Family SPH^ROMID^
Genus Dynamene
Dynamene glabra Richardson
Superfamily VALVIFERA
A. Family IDOTHEIDyE
a. Genus Idothea
Idothca rcctUinca (Lockington)
b. Genus Pentidotea
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 165
Pentidotea aculeatus n. sp.
Superfamily ASELLOTA
B. Family JANIRID^
a. Genus Janira
Janira occidenfalis Walker
Superfamily ONISCOIDEA
A. Family TYLID.^
a. Genus Tylos
Tylos punctatus Holmes and Gay
B. Family ONISCID.^
a. Genus Alloniscus
Allonisciis cornutus var. lagunae n. var.
Alloniscus perconvexus (Dana)
b. Genus Philoscia
Philoscia richardsonae Holmes and Gay
Cirolana harfordi (Lockington)
(Figs. 1, 2, and 3)
Locality — Very abundant under rocks between tides, at
Laguna Beach, California.
Color — Great variation, some white with gray markings,
some shaded with yellow or orange ; females bearing eggs often
show a bright red coloration; in alcohol the specimens always
appear to be a sordid- white marked with gray.
Body ovate, arched transversely and longitudinally. Speci-
men described measures 7 mm. by 3 mm. Head wider than
long, 2 mm. by 1 mm.; rounded on anterior margin. Eyes
small, composite, situated laterally and touch anterior margin
of first thoracic segment. First pair of antennte have a peduncle
of three articles of which the first and second are small and
subequal; third almost as long as first and second and nar-
rower; flagellum of ten articles. Second pair of antennae have
a peduncle of five articles: first three small and subequal;
166
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Figure 1. Cirolana hurfonVi (Lockington). L;iteral and dorsal views.
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
167
Figure -. Cirohna harfordl (Lockington). A, first leg; !''«'==''"'' Jf^,',,^,^*';^
le- D fourth lea-; E, fifth leg; F, seventh leg; G, second pleopocl oi
n,rd'e7H first pleopoA of n,ale; I, frontal lanfina and hasal joints of
antennae; J, second antenna;; K, first antenna;.
168
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 169
fourth about twice as long as wide, about as long as second
and third; fifth about one-fourth longer than fourth; flagellum
multiculate, thirty-four articles. First antenna? extend to end
of peduncle of second antenna? ; the latter extend to end of fifth
thoracic segment. Maxilliped composed of seven articles; the
last four very plumose; third is provided with two hoops or
blunt spines. Mandible carries a palp of three articles and a
toothed molar. Frontal If^mina, distinct, short and broad,
anterior margin triangulate though not sharply so.
First segment of thorax large, twice as long as third and
fourth segments. Succeeding segments almost equal in length,
though second is very slightly longer than third and fourth.
Epimera are very distinct on all but first segment. Last four
are produced at post-lateral angles especially the sixth and
seventh. A carina is apparent on all the epimera, longitudinal
in the first two and olilique in the last four. First three legs
prehensile, remaining ambulatory. On propodus of first there
are three prominent spines ; one on the carpus ; on the merus
seven prominent blunt spines and about three sharp ones;
ischium has one blunt s]iine like those of the merus, also a large
spine on the outer distal margin. Second leg has three or four
sjiines on the propodus; three on the carpus; eleven blunt
spines on the merus and two spines on outer distal margin;
ischium has two blunt spines, one large and two small ones on
outer distal margin. Ambulatory legs provided with many
robust spines.
Abdomen in the specimen described shows only three seg-
ments, four or five may be visible, however, but first is usually
concealed. Sixth broad at proximal end, attenuated poster-
iorly; apex rounded, provided with many strong spines, twelve
to twenty-two. Inner branch of uropoda as long as terminal
abdominal segment ; broad at distal end where it is armed with
spines. Outer branch is shorter than inner and narrower; also
armed with spines on distal end and outer margin. Peduncle
of uropoda produced to two-thirds length of inner ramus. First
and second pleopoda of male provided with many compound
hairs; second has a long stylet.
170 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Alloniscus cornutus var. higuiuie u. var.
(Figs. 4 and 5)
Locality/ — Margins of stagnant salt lagoon ; under old sea-
weed where it is associated witli PJiiloscia richardsonae Holmes
and Gay, at Laguna Beach, California.
Color— J)n\l gray-brown, resembling the old sea-weed under
which it lives.
Body convex, ovate and jnuictate; about 10 mm. long and 5
mm. wide, 3 mm. high (dimensions of a large specimen).
K- ii'\ oil !"
^
■i-
■-T '
%
i
■ " z '-*
\
§:-r ■ ■, ■ \
F"
-"-.^
' -
■■^
^
•^'{"- ;
\
/
\ ^^^
^
7
/'^tST^T— __
->
M
/ ^>r~
\ 1
(
/" '
^l<
0
"
in^
V
Figure 4. Allon'mciis coriititiis var. lagunae ii. var.
Head not closely articulated with thorax ; f i-ontal margin
produced medially into a prominent lobe; autero-lateral angles
form distinct processes, much more ])romineut than in Allonis-
cus perconveius. Eyes oval comjiound, longer than wide; near
lateral margin. P^'irst antennje have three articles, which are
very small, rudimentary. Second antenna^ extend about as far
as second thoracic segment; have a peduncle of six articles and
JOUBNAl, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
171
Figure 5. Alloniscua cornvtus var. lagunae n. var. A, first leg; B, second leg; C,
seventh leg; D, second antennae; E, maxillipeds; F and G, mandible;
H, second maxilla; I, first maxilla; J, second pleopod of female; K,
first pleopod of female; L, second pleopod of male; M, first pleopod
of male; N, uropod.
17i2! JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
a flas'ellum of three; flagellum about as long as tiftli article of
peduncle. Maxilliped lias a palp of three articles.
The thoracic segments show no sinuations as described in
AUonJsnts cornutiis. Epimeral siitures are only faintly indi-
cated in some of the specimens on the second, third and fourth
segTuents. Legs similar in structure and very much spined.
Abdomen has six segments ; first two covered laterally by
seventh thoracic segment. Epimera of third, fourth and fifth,
large, extended posteriorly; subtetragonal in shape. Sixth,
triangiilar, rounded posteriorly. Uropoda have basal article
broad and depressed ; outer ramus twice as long as inner which
articulates at the inner angle of the basal article and is con-
cealed at articulation by last abdominal segment. The outer
ramus does not appear to be carinated.
These specimens evidently lie close to Alloniscvs cornutus.
Their jjeculiar habitat and associations should be significant.
As the specific habitat of A. cornutus is not given it is impos-
sible to compare them on this point. However, A. cornutus is
described as having sinuated thoracic margins. Such is not the
case with these specimens. The outer ramus of the ujopoda
does not appear to be carinated in this isopod as in ^. cornutus.
The flagellum of the second antennae of the latter is shorter
than the fifth article of ]ieduncle, several specimens of this
variety were examined and tlie flagellum appears about equal,
scarcely less than fifth article. Accordingly I have made these
specimens, provisionally, a variety of A. cornutus.
(Continued in the next number of the Journal)
Book Reviews
The Climate and Weather of San Diego, California, by Ford
A. Carpenter, local forecaster. Illustrated with photographs and
charts by the author and others. Published by the San Diego
Chamber of Commerce, 1913. 118 pages.
The following quotation from Humboldt is seen on the title
page: "The term climate, in its broadest sense, implies all the
changes in the atmosphere which sensibly affect one's physical
condition." That is probably the best definition of that word.
And we know that all the forms and colors of animals — the
evolution of animal life — are due directly or indirectly to the
environment; so a study of the elements in the environment of
animals is necessary for the naturalist, if he wishes to really
know about his subjects of study. And the various parts of the
environment are due largely to the temperature and other
weather conditions.
There are 27 short chapters dealing in a clear way with various
meteorological sulijects, just what a biologist in this region
should know. There are 15 full-page and instructive plates and
12 suggestive and useful charts in the text; there are 15 tables
showing meteorological conditions over a series of years, and
these will prove especially useful to students in correlating insect
periodicity and other phenomena which are hardly understood.
The plants and animals, as is well known, are more prone to vary
in every direction in California than in any other state. This is
due, in part, to the great diversity of climate; the numerous
mountain ranges and isolated valleys. There are three distinct
climates within San Diego county — the nearly sub-tropical coast
climate of the bay region, the climate of the mountainous district
and the desert climate of the far east. Of course there are many
other conditions which have to be taken into account ; and only a
close perusal of this book and McAdie's Climatology of Cali-
fornia could show these. Climatology will be the next study
for the student of geographical distribution and species for-
mation. F. Gkinnell, Jb.
174 JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
A REVIEW OF AN OLD BOOK
On the Variation of Species, With Especial Reference to
THE Insecta; Followed by An Enquiry Into the Nature of
Genera, by T. Vernon Wollaston, M.A., F.L.S., London: John
Van Voorst, Paternoster Row, 1856. Pp. VI+206.
I believe that it is about as profitable, nowadays, to read a book
which is a half a century or more old than many of those which
are comins;: off the press. I can nearly say with someone else:
"When I hear of a new book I go to my shelves and take down
an old one." This applies more especially to those on the phil-
osophy of nature. The author of this book is well known for his
work on the insects of the Madeira Islands, and his philosophy
grew from this study of geographical distrilmtion. The numer-
ous examples are taken mostly from the Coleoptera, a few from
the Mollusca. The index is an ideal one — modern ones could well
lie patterned after it — and gives some idea of the wealth of fact,
observation and deduction to be found in the book, — a book just
bristling with pertinent suggestions even for study for the
modern naturalist. This book was published three years before
the "Origin of Species." He lays special em]ihasis on minute
variations of size, sculpture, color, etc., when constant and corre-
lated with differences of habitat. His discussion and proof of the
influence of isolation and environment on the change of s]iecific
form is as clear as stated by more recent authors. All is sup-
ported by his careful observations on the Coleoptera of the
Madeiras, and material from other naturalists in other parts of
the world, notably Darwin in South America, to whom he dedi-
cates the liook. His remarks in regard to color dimorphism of
certain beetles, living and fossil, is very suggestive. "It is almost
needless to add, that there are many elements to be considered,
such as local atmospheric conditions, excess or deficiency of
electricity, su]>erabundant moisture, diminished light, and the
geological com]iosition of the soil, before we can hope either to
appreciate zoological phenomena as a whole, or to reconcile the
apparent inconsistencies which they are accustomed to display."
—p. 47.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 175
"The more we look into the question, whether by the light of
analogy or the evidence of facts, the more are we convinced that
lines of rigid demarcation (either between genera or species,
though especially the former) do not anj^where, except through
accident, exist. And hence it is that we ascend, by degrees, to a
comprehension of that unity at which I have already glanced;
and we are led to believe that, could the entire living panorama,
in all its magnificence and breadth, be spread out before our
eyes, with its long-lost links (of the past and present epochs)
replaced, it would be found, from first to last, to be complete and
continuous throughout, — a marvel of perfection, the work of a
Master's hand." — p. 179.
It is a good thing to become acquainted with some of the older
naturalists and their ways of working.
FOEDYCE GbINNELL, Jk.
News Notes
FOEDYCE GRINNELL, JB.
"A vei"}' small amouut ol" informatiou gaiued by the student in
the field of Nature is sufficient to kindle the desire to increase it.
"J^he more we know, the more we are anxious to know ; though the
less we seem to know. It is one of the distinctive privileges of
the naturalist that he has to labour in a mine which is inexhaust-
ible : the deeper he digs beneath the surface, the richer is the vein
for excavation, and the more interesting are the facts which he
brings successively to light." — T. Vernon Wollaston, 1856.
Mr. Paul Kililer, a collector of natural history specimens in the
Pacific Islands and South America, spent the past summer at
Long Beach. He has gone to the Solomon Islands.
Mrs. W. W. Gnash, of Wenden, Arizona, is collecting some
interesting insects, especially Lepidoptera, in that interesting
but little known region.
Dr. Anstruther Davidson, of Los Angeles, spent the month of
July at Bishop Creek, Inyo county, on the western side of
Owen's Valley, collecting plants and insects.
Mr. B. L. Beardsley, secretary of the Southern California
Academy of Sciences, collected insects in the Southern Sierras
along Kern River and the headwaters of the Tule River, the past
summer, and has taken some interesting beetles, including Omiis.
The Lorquiu Natural History Club, for young naturalists,
named for the pioneer collector of California insects, has been
organized in Los Angeles, and jiromises to become a fine asso-
ciation of rising naturalists.
A card from Mr. W. M. Mann, the active, energetic collector
and student, well-known in California, reports "good collecting
here," July 11, in Southern Mexico. He will doubtless have some
interesting insects to report to the Entomological World.
Mr. Wilhelm Schrader is now doing some significant experi-
mental work with the dimorphic Colias Eurytheme females, at
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 177
bis experimental station near Los Angeles. A long paper on
experiments with Junoiiia cositia is in the July Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences.
Mr. Mctor L. Clemence, of Pasadena, on a trip to Mt. Wilson
in early August, collected a series of the interesting Lyccena
neuroiia Skinner, of which something further will be said con-
cerning the dimorphism or non-dimorphism.
Dr. Frank C. Clark, of Los Angeles, spent his vacation in the
San Bernardino mountains, and collected a great quantity of
insects of all orders, mostly Hymenoptera ; including some inter-
esting Mutillidaj and stylopized wasps.
In the July Sierra Club Bulletin, Prof. V. L. Kellogg, of Stan-
ford University, has an interesting illustrated article on Butter-
flies of the Mountain Summits.
"An insect much resembling the June bug, and found in great
quantities in the high plains about Quito, the capital of Ecuador,
is toasted and eaten as a delicacy by the natives of that country.
They are sold in the streets in the same manner as are chestnuts
in the cities of this country. The roasted bugs taste very much
like toasted bread." — The San Francisco Argonaut, April 26,
]913.
Prof. C. F. Baker, former editor of the Jourual, now of the
University of the Philippines, has an interesting article in the
Philippine Journal of Science, April, 1913, entitled: "A Study
of Caprification in Fie us Nofa." He gives, first, an account of
the marvelous symlnotic relations of the fig-insects and the figs,
and their guests and parasites. He describes a new Blastophaga
nota, a new genus Agaonella larvalis n. sp., and five other new
si)ecies in other genera, and a synopsis. The paper is illustrated
by drawings of different structures ; and is a valuable addition to
the extensive literature of the subject.
Pomona College
Located in one of the most liealtMul and beautiful parts of
the west coast. The mountains reach an elevation of ten thou-
sand feet within a few miles from the college and these with the
nearby ocean afford many special advantages for the study of
things not in books. The college is a small one of the New
England tvYte with high standards of scholarship. A large
proportion of the graduates go on with advanced work in the
large universities. There are four-year courses leading to the
B. A. and B. S. degrees. In addition, well-manned departments
of music and art afford exceptional advantages.
For further information, address
Secketaky of Pomona College
Claremont, California
VOLUME FIVE NUMBER FOUR
JOURNAL
OF
ENTOMOLOGY
AND
ZOOLOGY
DECEMBER, 1913
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY
POMONA COLLEGE DEPARTMENT 0/ ZOOLOGY
CLAREMONT, CALIFORNIA, U. S. A.
CONTENTS
A New Eriococcus — E. O. Essig 179
Studies in Laguna Beach Isopoda, II — Blanche E. Stafford, M. S. 182
The Nervous System of Chelifer — William A. Hilton - - - - 189
A New Species of Collembola From Laguna Beach — Gertrude Bacon 202
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important Literature 205
The Laguna Marine Laboratory ----------211
News Notes — Fordyce Grinnell, Jr. --------- 222
Wants and Exchanges 226
Entered at Claremont, Cal., Post-OfBce Oct. 1, 1910, as second-class matter, under Act of Congress of
March s, 187B
Journal of Entomology and Zoology
EDITED BY POMONA COLLEGE, DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
Subscription $1.00 to domestic, $1.25 to foreign countries.
This journal is especially offered in exchange for zoological
and entomological journals, proceedings, transactions, reports
of societies, museums, laboratories and expeditions.
The pages of the journal are especially open to western ento-
mologists and zoologists. Notes and papers relating to western
and Calif ornian forms and conditions are particularly desired,
but short morphological, systematic or economic studies from
any locality will be considered for publication.
Manuscripts submitted should be typewritten on one side of
paper about 8 by 11 inches. Foot notes, tables, explanations of
figures, etc., should be written on separate sheets. Foot notes
and figures should be numbered consecutively throughout. The
desired position of foot notes and figures should be clearly
indicated in the manuscript.
Figures should be drawn so that they may be reproduced as
line cuts so far as possible. An unusually large number of half
tones must be paid for in part by the author. Other more
expensive illustrations will be furnished at cost. Figures for
cuts should be made to conform to the size of the page when
reduced, that is, 5 by ly^ inches or less. The lettering should
be by means of printed numbers and letters pasted on the
drawings, in most cases.
Authors of articles longer than a thousand words will receive
fifty reprints of their publications free of cost. If more than
this are desired, the order should be given with the return of
the proof sheets. Extra copies and special covers or special
paper will be furnished at cost. Authors of short contributions
will receive a few extra copies of the number containing their
articles.
Manuscripts should be sent by express or registered mail.
Address all communications to
The Journal of Entomology and Zoology
William A. Hilton, Editor
Claremont, California, U. S. A.
A New Eriococcus
E. 0. ESSIG
SECKETAEY STATE COMMISSION OF HOETICTJLTUEE,
SACRAMENTO, CALIFOBNIA
Eriococcus cockerelli n. sp.
Description — The adult females are enclosed in a thin, felt-
like, nearly globular sac varying in color from pure white to
pinkish and averaging three-sixteenths of an inch in diameter
Figure 1. Eriococcus
cockerelli n. sp. Adult females in situ on twig. Twice
enlarged. (Original).
(Fig. 1). The body is oval in shape being slightly longer than
broad and distinctly convex on the upper surface. The color of
the dried specimens received is deep purplish red, turning
cardinal wlieu first boiled in K 0 H but subsequently becoming
colorless and perfectly transparent excepting the spines, legs,
mouth-parts and antennae which remain light brown or amber.
The body is thickly covered with stout spines, there being three
common sizes (Fig. 2, B) of the following lengths: 0.05 mm.,
0.037 mm. and 0.028 mm. The length of the type specimen is
180
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
2.5 mm., width 1.9 mm. Many other adult female bodies were
measured and the largest was 3.2 uam. long and 2.4 mm. wide,
while the smallest was scarcely half as large. Antennae (Fig. 2,
Figure 2. Eriococcus cockereUi n. sp. Left metafhoracic leg. B, three common
sizes of body spines; claw showing denticle; D, antenna; E, pygidium.
All enlarged. (Original).
D) seven jointed, not very hairy and length of joints variable.
The formula and measurements of the tj'pe specimen are as
follows : III, 0.05 mm. ; IV, 0.04 mm. ; VII, 0.031 mm. ; II, 0.03
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 181
mm., I, 0.025 mm. ; V, 0.025 mm. ; VI, 0.024 mm. ; making the total
length 0.225 mm. The following variations have been noted :
III, (IV, II, VII), I, (V, VI)
III, VII, (IV, II), I, VI, V
III, IV, II, (I, VII), V, VI
III, (IV, VII, II) I, (V, VI)
Legs (Fig. 2, A) large with few stout spines. Femora always
longer than the tibiae. Comparative lengths of the tibiae and
tarsi variable. Without considering the claw, either may be
longer or they may be coequal. With the claw, the tarsus is
always longer. The claw (Fig. 2, C) is only slightly curved
and has a very small but distinct denticle on the inside near the
tip. Digitals are long with large knob. Anal lobes (Fig. 2, E)
distinct with long spine and four short stout spines on each. The
eight circumanal spines are less than half as long as the long
spines on the anal lobes.
Habitat — Nacon Chico, Sonora, Mexico.
Host — Reported on "Chino". As this is the Spanish word
for quinine the plant probably belongs to the genus Cinchona.
Collector— Taken by Prof." C. H. T. Townsend May 1, 1911,
and sent by him to Dr. T. D. A. Cockerell, who kindly forwarded
the material to the writer. The species is named after Dr.
Cockerell, who has on numberless occasions rendered valuable
aid to the author's work on scale insects.
Studies in Laguna Beach Isopoda II B
BLANCHE B. STAFFORD, M. S.
Tylos punctatus Holmes and Gay
(Fig. 6)
Locality — Found in the sand at Lagnna Beach; on being
alarmed they rolled up in a compact hall.
Color — Gray, spotted with white.
Figure 6. Tylos puni-l<iliis Holmes iiiul Gay. Lateral and dorsal views.
Body oblong and very convex, manifesting very perfect ability
to contract in the form of a hall. Covered with many minute
spines. About twice as long as wide, 7 mm. by 3 mm. (measure-
ments of a small specimen).
Head with lateral lobes jn'oduced into triangular projections
in front of eyes. Eyes round and composite, situated post-
laterally. First antennae rudimentary, scale like. Second
antennae has peduncle of live articles : first three broad ; first and
JOURNAi OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 183
second subequal iu length ; second slightly shorter and has sharp
projection on proximal inner angle. Fourth and fifth long and
narrower; fifth, one and a third times longer than fourth.
Flagellum composed of two short articles, a third equal to one
and two, and a fourth short and conical. Antennae profusely
covered with spines. Extend scarcely to end of first thoracic
segment.
Thoracic segments subequal : first slightly longer than those
succeeding. Sutures of epimera distinct on all but first segment
where epimera are indicated by a thickened margin. Epimera
produced posteriorly and rounded. Legs ambulatory, all similar,
very thickly spined. First leg has segments broader than those
of following legs; first segment has a triang-ular process on
exterior distal margin.
Abdomen composed of six segments. First two have lateral
margins covered by seventh thoracic segment. Third broad,
articulating with epimera of seventh thoracic segment on lateral
margin, fourth rounded on lateral margin, slightly produced
posteriorly as also the fifth which, however, is shorter and nar-
rower. Sixth is truncate, short and broad. XJropoda have
become opercular valves and have a short setose terminal joint.
Janira occidentalis Walker
(Fig. 7)
Locality— Large kelp holdfast from deep water, at Laguna
Beach, Cal.
Color— \Yhite tinged with green and orange, finely spotted
with brown ; legs wliite.
Body about three times longer than wide, 6 mm. by 2 mm.
Oblong, depressed along lateral margins. Slightly convexed on
median line.
Head twice as wide as long, anterior margin not straight but
produced into a slight median lobe ; antero-lateral angles marked.
Eyes large, round, composite and subdorsal in position. First
antenna has first article of peduncle large, broad and long.
Second and third subequal and much narrower than first. Fla-
184 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
gellum composed of twelve articles. Second antenna has first
two articles subequal; third slightly' larger, provided with
antenna! scale; fourth narrower and shorter than third; fifth and
sixth long and narrow; sixth longer than fifth; flagelluiu multi-
articulate. Maxillipeds with palp of five articles ; first three sub-
equal in width; fourth and fifth about half as wide. Mandible
has a palp of three articles.
Figure 7. J antra occidentalls Walker.
Thoracic segments subequal in length. First segment of
thorax has i30st-lateral angles rounded and ijrominent. Epimeral
lobe occupies antero-lateral angles. Second and third segments
have both antero- and post-lateral lobes with bilobate epimera
between. Fourth segment has antero-lateral lobe prominent and
rounded, post-lateral less prominent; single-lobed epimera be-
tween. Fifth similar to fourth witli antero-lateral lobe much
more rounded and conspicuous. Sixth and seventh have antero-
lateral lobe very prominent and produced sharply at posterior
extremity; post-lateral lobe obsolete, its place occupied by
epimera. First pair of legs prehensile, remaining ambulatory
JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
185
with bi-unguiculate dactj'li. First leg has toothed propodus for
half the proximal distance.
Abdomen composed of one large segTuent, possibly a very
small anterior one though the suture was not distinct enough to
make this certain. Telson is produced at post-lateral angles into
a short, sharp point. Median part forms a rounded lobe.
Uropoda comijosed of a peduncle about three times as long as
inner ramus. Outer ramus slightly shorter than inner ramus.
Figure 8. Pentidotea aculeata n. sp.
Pentidotea aculeata n. sp.
(Figs. 8, 9 and 10)
Locality— Lov; tide pools, Laguna Beach, California.
C'oZor— Reddish brown in the male; female a more delicate
pink with white spots along median line of back and two similar
186
JOUENAIi OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
rows of markings, each in a line half way between the median
line and the lateral margin. Both male and female have all the
segments and sutures outlined with a bright red line.
Body of male narrow and elongate and arched along median
line. Length 23 mm., greatest width 6 mm., almost four times
longer than wide.
Head about twice as wide as long, excavated on frontal margin
with antero-lateral angles distinct but rounded. Posterior
Figure 9. Pentidotea acuUala n. sp. A, first pleopod of male; B, second pleopod
of male; C, first leg; D, second leg; E, seventh leg; F, first antenna;
G, second antenna.
margin slightly concave with a short red mark extending hori-
zontally from a post-lateral position. Eyes on lateral margin
midway lietween anterior and posterior margins and almost
round in shape. First anteumB possess four articles ; first broad,
almost as wide as long ; following three articles not half as wide ;
second and third subequal ; last clavate and slightly longer than
the two preceding. First antennaj extend to end of second article
of peduncle of second antennje. Second antennae have a peduncle
of five articles: first short; second and third subequal, twice as
JOTJENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
187
long as first ; fourth not quite twice as long as third ; fifth slightlj'
longer than fourth; flagellum consists of seventeen or eighteen
articles. Maxillipecls have a palp of five articles.
Sides of thorax almost parallel in male. All but first segment
have epimera which extend to end of posterior margin. Epimera
of second and third and fourth segments about equally wide from
anterior to posterior margins. Fifth, sixth and seventh much
narrower at anterior than at posterior margin. Legs alike in
structure.
H ^B
E
Figure 10. Peiithlotea aculeata n. sp. A, mandible; B, maxilliped; C, opercular
valve; D, second maxilla; E, first maxilla.
Abdomen 8 mm. long, 4 mm. wide at anterior end ; composed
of two short segments, a partially coalesced and a long terminal
segment ; the latter narrow and slightly excavate on the lateral
margins, prolonged at median posterior extremity into a pro-
nounced tooth, 1 mm. long. Post-lateral angles rounded. Oper-
cular valves composed of a long anterior and a short posterior
part. Carina not apparent on anterior portion.
The above description applies only to the male. Along with
these a number of other specimens, all females, were collected
which are slightly different in shape : have lateral margins less
188 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
parallel, more arched. They were lighter in color and more
distinctly marked than the males. These dit¥erenees are prob-
iibly only sexual.
These sjoecimens appear to lie close to Pentidotea whitei in
many details, but in others are quite different. The male of P.
whitei is described as being much larger — 17 mm. by 34 mm. —
and about three times as long as wide, whereas the male of these
Laguna specimens is almost four times as long as wide. In
P. tvhitei the epimeron of the second segment becomes narrower
from the anterior to the posterior margin. Here the epimeral
suture is practically vertical and the epimeron is about as wide
anteriorly as posteriorly. The anterior margin of the head is
more distinctly excavate and the antero-lateral angles more
pronounced than in P. ivhitei. The eyes are about round, whereas
in P. whitei they are twice as wide as long. The last abdominal
segment is more elongate and the terminal process more pro-
nounced than in P. ivhitei. It therefore seems evident that tliis
isopod represents a new species.
The Nervous System of Chelifer
WILLIAM A. HILTON
There has been very little published on the nervous system and
sense organs of arachnids and almost nothing on pseudoscor-
pions. There are, however, a large number of iDapers dealing
with the classification of the latter and a few anatomical papers,
such as those of Bertkau '87, Croneberg '88 and Supino '99. I
have not seen these three works. There are no references given
to them by the recent investigators of the arachnid nervous
system.
Some of the early work dealing with the central nervous
system of Arachnida we find recorded in the papers of Tre-
viranus '16 and '32, Brandt '40, Grube '42. These authors
describe and figure in a general way the external form of the
nervous system of spiders. A more recent paper is that of
Schinikewitch '84. This author considered the brain of Epeira
and determined two regions in the supraesophageal ganglion, an
optic region connected with the optic nerves, and a mandibular
connected with nerves to the mandibles. Saint Eemy '90 has an
extensive contribution to the nervous system of spiders. He
considers especially the brain in which be names the two chief
regions, the ocular and the rostro-mandibular because the so-
called mandibular nerve supplies the upper parts of the head as
well as the chelicerae. Many details of structure are given for
the genera, Lycosa, Thomisus, Epeira, Tegenaria, Drassus,
Segestria, PJiolcus and Eresus. Something to correspond to
mushroom bodies of insects is recognized in the posterior strat-
ified body located in the uppermost part of the head in a lobe at
the posterior dorsal region of the brain.
The paper of Lambert '09 is chiefly an embryological study
of parts of the nervous system of Epeira. He figures the adult
brain of Argiope with cheliceral and mandibular branches
coming off from the subesophageal ganglion, or at least farther
from the optic mass than they are usually described and figured.
More recent papers on the nervous system of spiders are those
190 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
of Jaueck '10, Hilton '12 and Haller '12. There is a more
careful consideration of nerve tracts in the more recent papers.
Haller recognizes anterior and posterior pedunculated Ijodies
which may correspond with the striated body of Saint Remy.
One of the first papers dealing with scorpions was the one by
Newport '43. In this the general form of the nervous system
and its branches is considered. A little earlier than this, 1832,
Treviranus gave a less perfect account of the nervous system of
this form. Saint Eemy '90 found a general agreement between
the nervous systems of spiders and scorpions. Patten '90 pub-
lished a -paper including work on this group. In his book of
1912 there is also a considerable discussion of scorpions. The
work of Haller '12 is an important one in this connection.
The literature on the nervous system of the other arachnid
groups is very scanty. There is a paper of Borner '04 on the
Pedipalpida. Allen '04 describes the nervous system of the
cattle tick, as irregularly oval, pierced by the alimentary canal
and penetrated by air tubes from opposite sides. The nerve
trunks come off in pairs, five large and two small. Those who
have studied phalangids are Treviranus '16, Tulk '43, Leydig
'62, Saint Eemy '90. Gaubert '93 describes ganglia in the feet
of phalangids. Loman '05 describes the nervous system in
phalangids. The usual nerves are described and a number of
small lateral and intestinal ganglia are figured. The numerous
papers on the nervous system of Limulus will not be mentioned
at this time.
The species of Chelifer chiefly used in this investigation was
scabrisculus, although a few specimens of fuscipes were exam-
ined. The small size of the animals and the strong chitin do not
make this group a favorable one for the detailed examination of
the nervous system. However, the group in itself is interesting
and the more general features of the nervous system and sense
organs will be considered as completely as possible.
The pseudoscorpions resemble scorpions in many external
features, but seem to be closely related to spiders. The study
of the nervous system seems to show a closer relationship with
the spiders. In Vol. I, p. 621 of Parker and Haswell's zoology
JOtJKNAli OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
191
there is a statement to the effect that there is some indication of
an abdominal ganglion back of the cephalo-thoracic mass in
psendoscorpions. I have made series of Chelifer as well as a
large number of dissections and have found no indication of
such a ganglion in any of the specimens.
Methods. Due to the very resistant chitin it was very difficult
to make good serial sections. Fluids which softened the chitin
to any degree, ruined the internal organs at the same time. A
few perfect series were obtained through the bodies of some of
the younger specimens, but with the older ones it was necessary
to remove a large part of the chitin of the body-wall, or to
remove the nervous system entirely.
Figure 1. The central nervous system of Chelifer. H, the nervous system from
above, showing sonie of the nerves, cells and groups of cells which
may in part represent ganglia and some of the tracheal tubes in the
nervous system. The brain is at the top of the figure. I, central
nervous system of Chelifer shown in ventral view. The palpal nerves
are those at the top of the figure. Compiled from several nervous
systems. X50.
Most of the usual neuroglical methods were used, such as those
of Golgi, Cajal and methylene blue, but with small success. The
best preparations were obtained by fixing in Flemming's fluid
and staining on the slide with methylene blue, neutral red or
hematoxylin. For a clear idea of the form of the ganglion and
nerves, dissections were made of fresh and preserved specimens.
Usually the dorsal body-wall was removed in one piece and the
192 JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
internal organs separated with needle points. The best results
from this method were obtained from formalin fixation, for this
reagent left the tissues more transparent and less fused with
each other. The tracheae within the nervous system were demon-
strated by mounting the freshly removed nervous system to a
glycerine solution. The air in the tubes made them clear and
conspicuous structures.
Genekal Form of the Ganglia. The central nervous system
consists of a closely fused mass of supra- and sub-esophageal
ganglia. From above, the "lirain" forms a nearly spherical
dorsal mass. Back of this and below the esophagus, but closely
connected with the brain is the fused sub-esophageal and
thoracic ganglia. This is not easily seen from above, but when
removed from the body it is evident. The globular supra-
esophageal ganglion or brain has two pairs of nerves closely
associated with its cephalic end. The more dorsal of these is
the ocular pair which comes to the brain from the simple eyes on
the sides of the head. The more ventral is the mandibular, or
rostro-mandibular.
The sub-esophageal ganglion has four pairs of nerves for the
legs and a larger cephalic pair supplied to the pedipalps. This
larger branch divides into two within the appendage and one of
these parts soon divides again. This is similar to the branching
shown by Newport in the pedipalps of the scorpion. Two small
nerves extend from the caudal region of the ganglion towards
the abdomen.
Tracheal Supply to the Nervous System. From the cephalic
abdominal region two large tracheal tubes run forward a short
distance and then break up into bundles of very small branches.
Many of these fine tracheoles pass in masses forward to the
thoracic and head region and into the central nervous system.
Two chief bundles come to the ganglionic mass from caudal
regions, the smaller more lateral bundle is more superficial, it
divides into two smaller groups of tubules, a lateral and a me-
dian. Both of these send tracheoles to the brain and some small
strands run beyond up into the upper regions of the head. The
more ventral of the two chief bundles of tracheoles also divides
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
193
into two and these are distributed to the lateral medial portions
of the sub-esophageal mass of the nervous system. The trachea
within the nervous system are not as abundant as in insects.
Long tracheoles pass through the brain and ganglion as straight
or slightly curved lines. There is no branching or anastomosis.
Figure S'. Diagram of the traclieal supply to tlie central nervous system of Chelifer
scabisciilus. XSO.
The paper by Allen '04 on the anatomy of one of the Acarina is
the only one I have found referring to the tracheae in the central
nervous system of Arachnida.
Sense Organs and Peripher^vl Nerves. Scattered or grouped
sensory hairs are found over the surfaces of the body, especially
194
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
•^is^y^'^j^i^ni''
Figure 3. Drawings from sections through the central nervous system of Chelifer.
All figures X200. A to E, cross sections through the nervous system
of a single individual at various levels. The dorsal side is up. A,
section through the ce|ihalic end, esophagus in the center, general
distribution of libers and cells shown. B, a similar section farther
down. C, section through leg nerves. D, section through the caudal
end of the brain. E, section below the brain. F and G, sections
cut longitudinally through the nervous system of a young Chelifer
fuscipes. F, is nearer the middle line and through an abdominal
nerve. The dorsal side is up in both and the head end to the left.
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 195
on the dorsum. The appendages are also clothed with similar
small hollow hairs of the type found so generally among arthro-
pods. These liairs are very small in many places but in certain
regions as on the ])edipalps they are very long and slender. The
liairs are not only hollow but there is a passageway through the
chitin below the seta, even in places where the body-wall is very
thick. Some hairs are sunken at their bases and the whole
neighborhood of the seta elevated into a little knob. Sensory
cells of a bipolar type are found at the bases of the hairs in the
more perfect sections, these send one process into the base of
the hair. These cells were often easily distinguished from the
surrounding hypodermal cells by their different shape and
staining reactions although the cell process might not extend
into the hair. It seems proliable that all the hairs of the animal
are sensory and probably tactile. Possibly the long hairs of the
pedipalps are also tactile. There was no evidence of any other
sense organ except the eyes. In addition to the usual tyi^e of
hair just described a simple branched form was found.
There are two simple eyes, one on either side of the head near
the base of the pedipalps. These eyes consist of a thin layer of
clear chitin on the outside and a small group of sensory cells
below this. On the surface of the cornea of chitin a number of
regular knobs of small size take certain stains such as methylene
blue.
Peripheral nerves, such as those supplied to muscles were
found especially in longitudinal sections of appendages. These
strands were found to be very delicate and deeply staining
nuclei were found along the course of the fibers.
Peripheral Ganglia and Plexuses. No very definite periph-
eral centers were found in Chelifer, but in certain dissected
specimens in the head and thoracic region there are individual
cells and small groups which undoubtedly serve as peripheral
ganglia. Some of these seem to be quite intimately connected
with the more cephalic nerves and the central nervous system.
Some of these seem to be true nervous elements although all may
not be. Most of the cells and groups of cells are clustered about
the cephalic portion of the nervous system. The numerous
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Figure 4. Details of structure of Chelifer. All figures X700. J. K. L, types of
hairs shown in section. N, hairs supplied with ner%e cells and
fibers, from Chelifer fii.icipes. M, Section through an eye, nearly all
of the sensory cells are shown in this section, the clear chitin above
the sensory cells appears covered with small bodies which stain.
These are shown as dots in the drawing. O, section across the
rostro-mandibular nerve trunk showing nerve cells at the surface.
P, neuroglia cells from the center of a cell area, the nerve cells lie
between the strands. Q, neuroglia cell with a part of the network
of fibers which forms a support for the nerve fibers in the center
of the ganglion. H, nerve cells from the central nervous system. S,
nerve strands from the peripheral nervous system.
JOUKNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 197
ganglia of Phalangium as described by Loman '05 seem to re-
semble the peripheral masses of Chelifer although they seem to
be more caudal in position.
In addition to these cells and irregular masses about the
central system there are a number totally or partially surround-
ing the mandibular nerve some distance from the brain.
There are scattered cells, apparently nerve cells, under the
hyi^odermis and some of these may be similar to the peripheral
plexus described in insects. Methylene blue used repeatedly
failed to demonstrate such a plexus however.
Nerve Cells of the Centeai. Nekvous System. The nerve
cells are rather small, closely crowded together with large nuclei
and very little cytoplasm. The cells vary little in size and present
a uniform appearance in all parts of the central ganglia. Some
of the cells have two or more processes, but most cells are uni-
polar with the process directed out to the central mass of fibers.
Cells in small groups may in places send their fibers in together,
forming a distinct bundle. No demonstration of special granules
of tigroid substance was made altliough the usual methods for its
demonstration were used, but the large nuclei nearly always
showed six or eight distinct masses of chromatin. Sometimes
there was an indication of a larger body which may have been a
nucleolus. In some cells instead of rounded masses of chromatin
there were longer rod-like masses.
The neuroglia cells were easily demonstrated. They bad
rather large nuclei and very little cytoplasm forming a mesh-
work of strands. In the meshes of this network the nerve cells
are arranged, much as Haller '12 has described and figured for
spiders. A delicate membrane of thin cells with prominent
nuclei surrounds the nervous system as shown in Haller 's
figures.
Cell Aeeas. In the brain the nerve cells cover the central
fibrous mass on all sides. The cells are most numerous at the
cephalic and caudal ends and also laterally. In the mid-dorsal
region they are least abundant, forming in places hardly a double
row. The more cephalic ventral portions of the supra-esopha-
geal ganglion are indistinguishably fused with the subesopha-
198 JOUENAl, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
geal. The ]n'oniinoiit ceiilialir and eaudal masses of cells seem
from the position of the nerve trunks and the arrangement of
the tihers to be largely associated with the o]itic and mandibnlo-
rostral nerves respectively.
The snheso]ihageal ganglion is rather nniformly covered with
rather thick masses of cells ventrally, there is bnt little indica-
tion of more marked masses where the leg nerves are given off.
The lateral parts of the ganglion are also covered with nerve
cells and these reach up dorsally except where nerve trunks arise.
On the dorsal side there are few nerve cell groups towards the
middle line except at the cephalic and caudal ends.
DisTRiBUTinisr OF FiBKR TitACTs. In the brain there are few
large commissures, one large band is sometimes made out ven-
trally, Init there are many cross fiibers not definitely located in
distinct bundles.
In the subesophageal ganglion there are two main commis-
sures usually evident connecting lateral parts. The more dorsal
of these is especially marked in the cephalic regions of the
ganglion and iu jilaces appears as an arched band just dorsal
to the central region. Towards the lower end of the ganglion
the more ventral commissure often appears divided.
Fibers from the brain run in long and shorter tracts and
connect the brain with lower levels. Some of these fibers run
into the long dorsal and ventral tracts which run the length of
the ganglion similar to those described and figured by Haller '12.
The dorsal tract probably connects wider areas ; it seems to have
a large part of the fibers of the abdominal nerves. Fibers from
and to the l)rain connect the dorsal tract to posterior regions,
and ventral tracts are broadly connected with the anterior region
of the brain. Short connectives are found in all ])arts, cells in
each region do not send their fibers straight in to the central
part of the ganglion in every case, but may act as connecting
cells for neighboring i)arts. Tlie brain is closely connected to
the rest of the central nervous system and short connections are
found as well as the longer ones mentioned. In the lower regions
there are many connections from one area to the next.
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 19^
Haller '12, bomologizes areas in the spider and scorpion brain
to the mushroom bodies of other arthropods. These areas are
located in the dorso-lateral portions of the nervous system in
cephalic and caudal regions. These areas are marked by clusters
of small nerve cells and small clear areas in this region. In
Chelifer all the cells are about the same size ; there are, however,
little clear areas in the same general regions of pseudoscorpions.
There are two areas on each side of the brain dorsally just in
front of the great caudal dorsal mass of cells and just back of
the cephalic dorsal mass. These little areas are almost free
from cells and they seem to be the only indications of anything
like mushroom bodies.
In some specimens the fibers are intensely stained and at
certain areas sucli as tlie region just under the large cephalic
mass of cells on either side of the brain, fibers extend down from
the cell areas of the brain. It is possible that some of these fibers
represent connections which correspond to the mushroom fibers.
IMPORTANT CONCLUSIONS
1. There are no important abdominal ganglia beyond the
fused mass of the central nervous system.
2. The pedipalpal nerves are the largest.
3. A small number of simple more or less straight tracheoles
penetrate the nervous system.
4. There are few deeja-staining masses of fibers.
5. The cells have very little cytoplasm. The nuclei are
usually i^rovided with six or more chromatin granules.
6. The sense organs so far as determined are: a pair of
simple eyes and hollow setae provided with nerves from bipolar
nerve cells.
7. The cells of the brain are largely unipolar, but other
forms are found.
8. The neuroglia cells form a network of their fibers and
this network between nerve cells serves as a sort of sheath for
them. The fibrous part of the nervous system also has strands
from neuroglia cells and this forms a support for the nerve fibers
which run in various parts of the ganglia.
200 JOUENAJL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
9. There are very sliglat indications of mnshroom bodies.
10. Apparently the two great masses of cells in the brain are
associated with the mandibulo-rostral and optic nerves.
11. The peripheral ganglia are represented by irregular
masses of cells.
12. Besides numerous short connections there are large
tracts running from the brain to other levels, and a dorsal and
ventral longitudinal tract in the subesojihageal ganglion.
13. There are two to three well marked commissures in the
ventral mass of the nervous system.
14. The brain is closely fused with the ventral mass of the
ganglion.
15. There are no abdominal ganglia. In general the nervous
system is more like that of a spider than of a scorpion.
REFERENCES
Allen, W.E. 1904
Internal morphology of the American cattle tick. Am. mic.
soc. proc. vol. XXVI.
Bertkau, Ph. 1887
Ueber den Bau der Chernetiden oder Pseudoscorpione.
Sitz. ber, d. Niederrh. Ge.selk-h. f. Nat. ii. Heilkimde. Bonn.
Boerner, C. 1904
Zur kenntniss der Pedipalpiden. Zoologica, Bd. XVII.
Brandt, F. _ 1840
Reeherches sur I'anatomie des Araigneos. Ann. se. nat. 2e
ser. XIII.
Croneherg, A. 1888
Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Baues der Pseudoscorpione. Bull.
Soc. Imp. de.s Nat. Moscou.
Grube 1842
Einige Besnltate aus Untersuehiing ueber die Anatomic der
Araneiden.
Gauhert 1893
Sur un ganglion nerveux des pattes du Phalangium opilio.
Comp. rend. acad. se. t. CXV, no. 22.
Hilton, W. A. 1912
A preliminary study of the central nervous system of spiders.
Pomona jour. ent. vol. IV, no. 3.
JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 201
Ealler, B. 1912
Ueber das Zentralnervensystem des Skorpions und der
Spinnen. Arch. f. mie. Anat. Bd. CXXIX, Abt. I.
Janeck, R. 1910
Das Geliirn und Bauehmark der Spinnen. Verhandl. d.
Gesellschaft deutseher Naturforscher und Aerzte. 82 Versamm-
hmg Koenigsburg.
Lamhert, A. E. 1909
History of the procephalie lobes of Epeira cinerea. Jour,
morph. vol. XX, no. 3.
Leydig, Franz 1862
Ueber das Nervensystem der Afterspinne. Arch. f. Anat.
und Phys.
Loman, J. C. C. 1905
Vergleichend Anatomische Untersuchungen an chilenischen
und anderen Opilioniden. Zool. Jarb. Supp. Bd. VI.
Newport, G. 1843
On the structure, relation and development of the nervous
and circulatory systems in Myriapoda and macrourous Arach-
nida. Philos. Trans.
Patten, W. 1890
On the origin of vertebrates from arachnids. Quart, jour,
mic. sc. XXXI, pt. 3.
1912
The evolution of vertebrates and their kin. P. Blakeston's
Son & Co., Phila.
Saint Remy, G. 1990
Contribution a I'etude du cerveux ehez les arthropods
tracheates. Theses a la Faculte des Sc. Paris.
Supino, Felice 1899
Osservazioni sopra 1' anatomia degli Pseudoscorpioni. Atti.
Accad. Lincei, Roma.
Treviranus 1816
Ueber den inneren Bau der Araehniden.
1832
Ueber das nervensystem des Scorpions und der Spinnen. Zeit.
f. Phys.
Tulk, A. 1843
Upon the anatomy of Phalangium opilio. Ann. mag. nat. hist.
XII.
(Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Pomona College.)
A New Species of Collembola From
Laguna Beach
GERTRUDE BACON
In Vol. IV, No. 3, of the Journal of Entomology, I described
some Collembola found at Laguna Beach of the genus Isotoma.
During the same summer, under the same conditions and en-
\'ironmeut, I found a great numljer of specimens of the genus
Entomohrya, which, due to the kindness of Professor L. W.
Folsom, were identified as belonging to a new species. These
were found on the under side of large rocks as far out in the
water as it was possible to turn over the stones. This is the first
time that this genus has been reported found under rocks in salt
water. This species occurred very abundantly, far more so than
any of the others, and was collected in great numbers. This
paper is a study of the characteristics of this species.
Fig;iire 1. Enti>mtibrya Iiuiiiiki n. sp. Dorsal view. X3().
Entomohrya laguna n. sp.
(Figs. 1, 2 and 3)
Length 2 mm. Color — Dark brown mottlings with yellow
ground color except on the ventral side of body, furcula, thorax
JOXJBlSrAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
203
I, and the beginning of each segment, which are yellow ; antennae
and legs dark bine. There is not a great range in the color vari-
ation, although in some specimens the yellow predominates,
in others the brown mottlings. Body sub-cylindrical, widest
at segment VI; covered with fine hairs with many large
geniculate ones on the anterior part of the body and short
clubbed ones on the last segment of the abdomen. For the sake
of clearness only a few hairs are shown in Figaires 1 and 2.
Head held horizontal, sub-cylindrical in shape. Antennae (Fig.
3, A) about three times as long as head; four segments subequal
in length; IV longest; I shortest; II and III subequal. Ocelli
(Fig. 3, B) sixteen, eight in each eye spot, six large and two
Figure -2. Entomobri/a hiijuna n. sji. Side view. X36.
smaller ones. There was a great deal of variation found in the
size and arrangement of the ocelli, in some the smaller eye spots
were very minute while in others they were nearly the same size
as the other six. Thorax— I visible, II largest. Legs long,
slender; long femur and tibia, small tarsus with two claws (Fig.
3, C, D, E). Both are wide at the base and then become narrow
and pointed ; superior armed with two teeth opposite each other
and at the end of the dilated portion ; inferior armed on the outer
side about midway with a very minute tooth not visible on some
of the claws. The claws on the three pairs of legs differ some-
what. On the first the claws are about equal in length and both
about equal in width at the base; the inferior slopes abruptly
into a point. On the second pair of legs the superior is the
204
JOUBNAl, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
longest, the base of the inferior is not rounded but changes to
the slender part abruiitly, making an angle. In the last pair of
legs the claws are farther apart, equal in length ; the inferior is
more curved than on any of the others. Abdomen — The seg-
/
Figure 3. Entomobrya laguna n. sp. A, antenna; B, eyes of one side; C, claws;
D, claws of scond pair of legs; E, claws of third pair of legs; F,
mucrones; G, dentes with raucrones. A, X90; B, X352; C, D, E,
X^16; F, XiV2.
ments are unequal, IV more than four times III; ventral tube
well developed. Furcula — (Fig. 3, G) Dentes and mucrones
a little longer than manubrium; dentes serrated and densely
covered with plumed hairs. Mucrones — (Fig. 3, F) Two teeth,
no basal spine.
(Contribution from the Zoological Laboralonj of Pomona College.)
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent
Important Literature
SEVENTH KERMES (COCCID^) FROM CALIFORNIA
GEO. B. KING
Lawi-ence, Mass.
i": :
m
•1
Md
f.
im
i
i .
■jB"/'!
^J
^
wmm
^K^^^KLs^'i^
-W^r^?^
PB»— i«-y
••^fj
f ^!i^
-i",;;
£
i-^S^- Uf'fi
^
}
/
wmk
' 'I
\ '^ y.>'\ ' .
§■
^ ,
t
M:
Figure 1. Kermes essufii King on twigs of the California Coast live oak, Quescns
agrifoUa Nee. Twice natural size. (Photo by E. O. Essig).
Kermes essigii n. sp.
Female scale — Liglit brown, 6 mm. long, 6 mm. broad and 5 mm.
high; surface shiny. Under normal conditions practically
globular, of two distinct forms, one with a deep broad
longitudinal constriction, with sides bulging, and four
transverse bands of a light cream color. The constriction
is not pallid, but of the same color as that of the scale, light
brown. The entire surface is peppered with minute black
specks, only visible through a hand lens of 20 diam. ; there
are also several large black dots about the size of a pin head
viewed under a hand lens. The other form is of the same
206 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
color and markings, but distinctly gibbose. Treated witli
KOH the scale turns black, and after prolonged boiling it
turns liquid black. Derm after boiling, by transmitted light,
j^ellowish, no structural characters visible.
Larvce — Dark red-lu'own (lost in Itoiling in KOH), elongate-oval.
This is a very pretty species. Its nearest ally is K. galliformis,
from which it is separable by having a longitudinal constriction
which is not pallid, and by being gibbose. It is also allied to
K. cockerelli and K. gillettei in being gibbose. It was first col-
lected by Mr. E. O. Essig in the Santa Paula Canyon in the
mountains near Santa Paula, "\^entura County, California, in
1910. In August, 1913, Mr. S. A. Pease collected it in San
Bernardino County. Through Mr. Essig and Prof. Cockerell
this material was turned over to me. The species was described
from the large number of females in these sendings.
The host plant is the California coast live oak, Quercus
agrifolia.
I am pleased to name it after its first collector.
THE EIGHTH CALIFORNIA KERMES
Kermes occidentalis n. sp.
GEO. B. KING
Lawrence, Mass.
Female Scale — Globular in outline; 5 mm. in diameter; of a dull
gray color. Segmentation indicated by five transverse nar-
row blackish bands, which are broken at intervals by some-
what larger round black dots. Surface between the bands of
a marbled light gray-brown. The entire surface is dull, not
shiny, and is covered with very minute black specks seen
only under a hand lens.
The above species was received from Mr. E. M. Ehrhorn in
1901 taken on Quercus sp. in California and labeled Kermes
(jalliforniis Riley. The latter species is very different, the color
being pale yellow; appears minutely and evenly speckled with
brown under a hand lens and is more or less confused or mottled
with gTay or brown.
JOXJENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
207
Just recently Mr. E. 0. Essig sent me Kermes (jalliformi.s
Eiley and Kermes cockerelli Elirli. collected by Mr. E. J. Brani-
2:an on Cache Creek near Yolo, Yolo County, California, May Kl,
1910, on California lilack oak, Quercus kelloggii Newb. Here
they were associated together on the same host plant. Kermes
cockerelli Ehrh. is of a light brown color and strongly gibbose.
In some of the markings Kermes occidentalis is nearest allied
to Kermes arizonensis King, fonnd in Arizona.
Figure 1. a, Ktniies Occident alU n. sp.; 1), Kermes cockerelli Ehrh.; c, Kermes
rjaUiformis Riley. (Photo by E. O. Essig).
A COCCID FOUND ON THE SYCAMOKE
H. J. EYAN
A number of the genus Pseudococcus were found under
the bark of a sycamore within the limits of Claremont, Cali-
fornia. Only one tree was found to have these insects
on it although there were several in the cluster. The
insects were associated with ants which seemed to be guarding
them. In general appearance the species appears like P. citri,
differing, however, in having less prominent lateral appendages,
callouses on the lateral margins of the segment bearing two short
spines, and with circumanal spines of the same length as those
of the anal lobes. As nearly as has been determined by com-
parison with the descriptions given for P. quercus, the specimens
208 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
resemble this species. The host plant of P. quercus is given as
the canyon live oak, Quercus chrysolepis, and if these are of this
species then it is worthy of note that Platanus racemosa as well
as Quercus clirysolepis, is a host.
MOSQUITOS AND COBWEBS
James Zetek, Ancon, C. Z.
During February and Marcli, 1913, extensive breeding in a
salt-water marsh along the old French canal caused a heavy
influx of adults of Anopheles tarsimaculata Goeldi and Aedes
taemiorliynclius Wiede., at Gatun, Canal Zone, about 4,000 feet
distant. A cement shed and a store house, only 600 feet to the
south-west from tlie breeding place contained many cobwebs,
and these were so weighted down with mosquitos of the species
mentioned, that in several cases the webs showed breaks. It is
no exaggeration to say the cobwebs were black with these
mosquitos.
Another instance of mosquitos in cobwebs was seen June, 1913,
in native shacks near Culebra, C. Z. In these there were on an
average of six mosquitos to a web, principally Ciilex quinque-
fasciaUis Say and Aedes calopus Meigen. Two specimens of
Mansonia titUlans Walker, three of Aedeomyia squamipenHis
Arib. and three of Lutzia higotii Bellardi were also noted in
these webs.
The last instance was noted in October, 1913, at Paraiso, C. Z.,
while with Doctor Martini and Mr. Pickett. In a single shack,
adults of Culex cpdn quefascintus Say were present in cobwebs.
It did not appear that the spiders cared much for such food,
probably because larger diptera were plentiful and to be had
easily. It seems mosquitos are accidentally entrapi^ed in these
webs while seeking shelter in corners of buildings.
JOUENAl, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 209
PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE PARASITES OF
COCCUS HESPERIDUM
P. H. Timberlake
Jour. Economic Entomology, Vol. VI, No S, 1913
In this paper a short sketch of Coccus hesperidum itself
is given and then a very careful description of the five parasites
and eight hyi^erparasites of the scale. The author closes with a
paragraph on the source of the soft scale in California and a
paragraph on the predaceous enemies of the scale.
George Ash.
The first of a series of pamphlets on the "Control of the
Orange Maggot (Tryprta ludeiis)" has been published by D. L.
Crawford for the Mexico Gulf Coast Citrus Association. Mr.
Crawford studied this pest while he was in Mexico in the summer
of 1910. Because of his knowledge of the subject, this associa-
tion called him to Mexico last summer to lay out directions for
fighting the Orange Maggot.
The circular states that the Orange Maggot is distributed over
a large portion of Mexico. It attacks several fruits other than
citrus fruits and this makes it more difficult to control. In order
that the members of the association may work intelligently on
the fly, a bi-ief life history is given. Mr. Crawford gives two
sets of directions for the control work. One method is to pick
up the fruit as fast as it falls and to destroy it while the maggot
is still working inside. The other method is to spray the trees
with a poisoned, sweetened liquid in the period when the flies
appear. The flies eat this poisoned bait and are killed.
E. T. McFadden.
Laguna iMariiie Lahor:it(irv and Tank llcuisc.
The Laguna Marine Laboratory
One of the most interesting and beautiful parts of the South-
ern California coast is found at Laguna Beach. The rugged
cliffs, the level stretches of shore, the high hills and above all
the great abundance and variety of plant and animal life make it
The channels just north of Laeima. These channels are very deep and contain
a magnificent display of kelps (Etsenia and Egrecjia). This whole area is exceed-
ingly rich in life. From first Laguna report.
an ideal situation for a Biological laboratory. The summers are
cool and the winters are warm so that work may be done here at
any time of the year. Pomona College has conducted summer
school work at Laguna for the past three years and two buildings
were erected for this purpose in the spring of 1913. The chief
212
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
rirsf rioor
■
Labonxforj^
—
■
1 '
Office
'J
otncc
T<7i/e 1
A<]uarium ffecm
-
1 1 1 1\! ;'*»'
1
1
S/oi-c
ficofrt
Dark
f?oom
Table \
Fasiogc .
■J
k
81'
*i
LACUNA BEACH
MARINE LAB0F(ATOF\Y
*9
L
/fcof
iboratoi
^7
y Rooms
'6
■"3
'
Pa-MQSc
llllllllllil,
Upper part of
Ajuarium Room
«"'-'7|
ator<ito.
L
*I0
rn
r~\'
Bsy'j
eirl'l
Jbilct
Ifoo-f
Second Floor'
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
213
structure has a large aquarium room in front and two class
laboratories back of this, all provided with running water. In
addition to this on the first floor there are store rooms, a dark
room and private laboratories. Up stairs there are eight more
private rooms for special investigators. A tank house near the
larger building furnishes salt water for the aquaria and salt
Cypselunis californk-us. From Metz, first Laguna report.
water taps. There is considerable additional room in this
Imilding.
The laboratory will be used largely for teaching in the summer
but there will be opportunity for special investigators to work at
any time of year and for any period. It is the hope that this
station may be useful to any qualified botanist or zoologist who
Showing one of numerous small bays with sand beaches. At low tide, between
the rocks in foreground and the point at left, a large bed of Phyllospadix is
accessible. From first Laguna report.
Showing region just north of pier at low tide. A large area of rich tide pools
are very accessible here. From first Laguna report.
JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
215
may wish to study for a time in this part of the country. The
summer course aside from the work of special investigations
will be given as a part of the work of Pomona College summer
school, although of course it will be open to any others who may
be prepared.
The laboratory buildings are situated at the foot of the cliffs
a short distance back from the ocean and a convenient distance
from one of the best collecting grounds. Great masses of sea
In _
1. ^^^^^Bj^mMrf^Hi^HR^^^^^^^^
»^-^
-■•^■^•^!^^^^-''2:~
^m>^m^S^ --^
I&
. ..
' i'^ilMl
Showing the tide pools at Mussel Point. Here are immense colonies of mussels,
barnacles, sea urchins and coralline algae. This place is exceedingly rich collecting
ground. From the first Laguna report.
weed grow on the nearby rocks, while out a short distance great
kelp beds furnish hiding places for many forms of animal life.
The irregular rocks and points, the inshore pools and channels
at low tide are alive with a great variety of plant and animal
forms.
Some of the many interesting types which have been found
along the shore might be mentioned to give a little idea of the
Clinocoltus aiialix. From first Laguna report, after Metz.
Young Rhiiwbatus proiiiicliis. From Metz, first Laguna report.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
217
variety and abundance of life. There are the sea weeds, brown,
green and red, of many kinds and in great abundance over the
rocks near shore as well as farther out. Nearly a hundred
sjjecies of these have been identified so far. Sponges both simple
and complex are found in the kelp. Sea anemones are abundant
over rocks and in the tide pools near shore. In the sand and
imder rocks are many kinds of segmented worms, while fiat
worms and round worms are also abundant in various places.
Polypus bimaculatus. From Berry, first Laguna report.
There are three kinds of starfish, three species of sea urchins,
several sorts of brittle stars and two species of holothurians, all
of which may be obtained at low tide. Of the snail-like animals
a large number have been found, many of the smaller ones have
very beautiful markings and shades of color ; there seems to be
a variation in the occurrence of these from year to year. Among
the larger molluscs are the key-hole limpet, abalone and the sea
hare. Over fifty species of shells were collected one summer
Some of the nudibranch molluscs found at Laguna. A, Laxla cockerelU; B,
Chromodorh porterae; C, Chromoiloris sp. (mantel removed); D, Chromodoris sp. ;
E, Genus?; F, Aegires albopunctatus; G, Ancula pacifica; H, Cuthonia sp.; I,
Herv'ia sp. ; J, Hermissenda opalesceiis; K, spurilla sp. From Guernsey, first Laguna
report.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
219
within a limited range. The octopus Polypus himaculatus is
abundant along the rocky shore and may be obtained at low tide.
The sand, the rocks and the sea weeds are alive in many places
with Crustacea of many sorts, crabs and sand fleas of many
species are abundant. There are several species of barnacles,
and many very small crustaceans may be seen in the tide pools.
Fish are abundant at Laguua and near by. Several species of
sharks are found off shore, the shovel nose Rhinobatus pro-
ductus among them. The moray Gymnothorax mordax is found
Lucnpina crenulnta. Dorsal and ventral views. From Guernsey, first Laguna report.
under rocks near shore at low tide. The flying fish Cypselurus
californicus occurs off the coast and many other fish are
abundant out a short distance about the kelp beds. A great
variety and abundance of forms may be seen in the numerous
tide pools, including one very interesting blind species.
In addition to the wealth of the sea, the hills and canyons
furnish collecting places for many land forms and it is expected
that the land and fresh water species will also be studied.
Laguna may be reached by auto stage from Irvine or Santa
Ana. Stages run twice a day each way in the summer and once
in the winter.
AmmnlheUd i^i>ino!<i.isimn. iniicli cnlni-ijed. A I.ii}iiinii iivcnogonid. Hall, first
Liiguna report.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 221
Students may be admitted to courses in tlie summer school at
Laguna who have entered college or who have finished their high
school course. For those who register for regular courses the
work will begin the last of June and continue six weeks. The
following zoological courses will be oif ered ; others may be
announced later :
1. General Biology, with special reference to marine condi-
tions. Lectures, recitations, field and laboratory work. For
those who have had no biological work.
2. General Zoology. Lectures, laboratory and field work. A
study of all the great groups of animals, their structures and
relationships. Open to those who have had a course in biology.
3. General Entomology. Lectures, recitations, laboratory
and field work. A study of the important orders and families of
insects. Open to any who have had a course in general biology
or zoology.
In addition to these courses general histology and microscopic
technique and general embryology may be given to a limited
number.
For further information address: Department of Zoology,
Pomona College, Claremont, California, U. S. A.
News Notes
FOEDYCE GRINNELL, JR.
"But, of still greater moment, is a letter in which Wallace
tells Bates that he begins 'to feel dissatisfied with a mere local
collection. I should like to take some one family to study thor-
oughly, principally with a view to the theory of the origin of
species. ' The two friends had often discussed schemes for going
abroad to explore some virgin region, nor could their scanty
means prevent the fulfilment of a scheme which has enriched
both science and the literature of travel. The choice of country
to explore was settled by Wallace's perusal of a little book
entitled A Voyage up the River Amazons, including a residence
ill Para, by W. li. Edwards, an American tourist, published in
Murray's 'Family Library,' in 1847. In the autumn of that year
Wallace proposed a joint expedition to the river Amazons for
the purpose of exploring the natural history of its banks."
— Clodd, Pioneers of Evolution.
"That which is in the man is greater than all that he can
do." — Jordan.
Alfred Eussel Wallace, the eminent naturalist, died in London,
England, Nov. 7, aged 91 years. He visited California in 1887,
on a lecturing and sightseeing tour.
Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke, president of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society, has become a member of the Department of
Entomology of the University of California.
Mr. H. H. Newcomb talked before the boys of the Lorciuin
Natural History Club in Los Angeles, on November 7, on some
of his collecting trips in the eastern states.
The Rivers' Natural History Club, for boys, has been organ-
ized in Los Angeles, named after the oldest living naturalist of
California, J. J. Rivers, who is 88 years of age.
Mr. E. J. Newcomer, well known as a collector and student of
Lepidoptera, has been contributing a series of articles to the
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 223
California Cultivator on his observations of agricultural con-
ditions in southern Europe.
Prof. Ralph Benton, of the University of Southern California,
addressed the Biological Section of the Southern California
Academy of Sciences, in October, on Bees ; and on November 11
the Section was addressed by Dr. S. S. Berry on his work with
the Cephalopods, and Mr. Harry S. Swarth spoke on "The
Birds of Southern California."
Wants and Exchanges
Subscribers and others are urged to use these columns to make
their wants known. As the Journal goes to all joarts of the
world we hope to make this a very useful feature of the publi-
cation. Exchange notes are free to subscribers.
Wanted — Myriopods from all parts of the world. Will name,
exchange or purchase. R. V. Chamberlin, Mu. Comp. Zoology,
Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass.
AYill exchange insects of any order from Southern California,
for Microlepidoptera from any part of North America, prefer-
ably pinned, with complete data concerning capture. Fordyce
Grinnell, Jr., Pasadena, Cal.
Hemipteea — California Homoptera and Heteroptera, includ-
ing all families, exchanged for specimens from all parts of the
globe, but especially from North America. — E. 0. Essig, Secre-
tary State Commission of Horticulture, Sacramento, Cal.
Wanted — Cephalopods (in alcohol) ; Chitons (in alcohol or
dry) ; shells of West American MoUusca ; zoological literature.
Offered: West American and other molluscan shells; zoolog-
ical pamphlets, mainly on the Mollusca. S. S. Berry, 502 Cajon
St., Eedlands, California.
California Syrphidn?, Aphididfe to exchange for non-Califor-
nia SyrphidfE. W. M. Davidson, Walnut Creek, Cal.
Wanted — For exchange, papers on marine and fresh-water
Protozoa. Albert L. Barrows, Department of Zoology, Univer-
sity of California, Berkeley, Cal.
Wanted — Information on any mite-papers for sale or ex-
change that have an economic bearing. H. V. M. Hall, Room 8,
Court House, San Diego, Cal.
Wanted — Specimens and separates relating to the pseudo-
scorpions, in exchange for local species. M. Moles, Claremont,
Cal.
226 JOXJENALi OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Wanted — Literature and determined specimens of Collem-
bola, in exchange for local forms and literature. G. Bacon,
Claremont, Cal.
Wanted — Determined specimens of Tbysanura in exchange
for local species. R. Gardner, Claremont, Cal.
Wanted — Separates relating to the nervous system and sense
organs of the invertebrates in exchange for reprints by a number
of authors on this and other topics relating to the anatomy of
invertebrate animals. W. A. Hilton, Claremont, Cal.
The Butterfly Farmer
A monthly magazine for amateur ento-
mologists. A comprehensive correspond-
ence course in entomology, conducted un-
der the auspices of The Agassiz Associa-
tion, will be a leading feature during
the present year. Subscription $5.00 per
annum, single copies 50 cents. Names of
dealers and purchasers and wants of sub-
scribers advertised without charge.
Ximena McGlashan, publisher and pro-
prietor, Truckee, Cal.
Pomona College
Located in one of the most healthful and beautiful parts of
the west coast. The mountains reach an elevation of ten thou-
sand feet within a few miles of the college and these with the
nearby ocean afford many special advantages for the study of
things not in books. The college is a small one of the New
England type with high standards of scholarship. A large
proportion of the graduates go on with advanced work in the
large universities. There are four-year courses leading to the
B. A. and B. S. degrees. In addition, well-manned departments
of music and art afford exceptional advantages.
For further information, address
Secketary of Pomona College
Claremont, California
/
h^'HOz'^
""^JWto^
^-^
^
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11